TW201841733A - Optical film and image display device - Google Patents

Optical film and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201841733A
TW201841733A TW107107707A TW107107707A TW201841733A TW 201841733 A TW201841733 A TW 201841733A TW 107107707 A TW107107707 A TW 107107707A TW 107107707 A TW107107707 A TW 107107707A TW 201841733 A TW201841733 A TW 201841733A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
optical film
layer
resin
optical
film
Prior art date
Application number
TW107107707A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI731228B (en
Inventor
高坂洋介
小川善正
佐藤純
松下広樹
戎佳祐
Original Assignee
日商大日本印刷股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2018035426A external-priority patent/JP7119424B2/en
Application filed by 日商大日本印刷股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商大日本印刷股份有限公司
Publication of TW201841733A publication Critical patent/TW201841733A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI731228B publication Critical patent/TWI731228B/en

Links

Abstract

One embodiment of the present invention provides a foldable optical film 10 which is used in an image display device, and which is provided with: a resin substrate 11 that is formed from one or more resins selected from the group consisting of polyimide resins, polyamide-imide resins, polyamide resins and polyester resins; a functional layer 12 that is arranged on a first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11; and a first optical adjustment layer 13 that is arranged between the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 so as to be adjacent to the functional layer 12.

Description

光學膜及影像顯示裝置  Optical film and image display device  

[相關申請案之參照] [Reference to relevant application]

本案享有作為先前之日本申請案之日本特願2017-64583(申請日:2017年3月29日)及日本特願2018-35426(申請日:2018年2月28日)之優先權之利益,其揭示內容整體藉由引用而成為本說明書之一部分。 This case has the priority of Japan's special wish 2017-64583 (application date: March 29, 2017) and Japan's special offer 2018-35426 (application date: February 28, 2018) as the previous Japanese application. The disclosure of the content is generally referred to as part of this specification by reference.

本發明係關於一種光學膜及影像顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to an optical film and an image display device.

自先前以來,已知有智慧型手機或平板終端等影像顯示裝置,目前正進行可摺疊之影像顯示裝置之開發。通常智慧型手機或平板終端等係利用覆蓋玻璃覆蓋,玻璃一般硬度優異,但無法彎曲,因此於將覆蓋玻璃用於影像顯示裝置之情形時,若欲摺疊則破裂之虞較高。因此,對於可摺疊之影像顯示裝置,研究出使用具備可彎曲之樹脂基材與硬塗層之可摺疊之光學膜代替覆蓋玻璃(例如參照日本特開2016-125063號公報)。 Since the past, image display devices such as smart phones or tablet terminals have been known, and development of collapsible image display devices is currently underway. Generally, a smart phone or a tablet terminal is covered with a cover glass. The glass generally has excellent hardness but cannot be bent. Therefore, when the cover glass is used for an image display device, if it is to be folded, the crack is high. Therefore, in the case of the foldable image display device, it has been studied to use a foldable optical film having a flexible resin substrate and a hard coat layer instead of the cover glass (for example, see JP-A-2016-125063).

於此種可摺疊之光學膜中,一般而言,構成可彎曲之樹脂基材之樹脂之折射率較高,因此樹脂基材與硬塗層之折射率差變大。因此,因樹脂 基材與硬塗層之折射率差而有產生虹彩狀之不均即干涉條紋之虞。 In such a foldable optical film, generally, the resin constituting the bendable resin substrate has a high refractive index, and thus the refractive index difference between the resin substrate and the hard coat layer becomes large. Therefore, due to the difference in refractive index between the resin substrate and the hard coat layer, iridescence-like unevenness, i.e., interference fringes, may occur.

為了抑制干涉條紋之產生,亦有使硬塗層之膜厚變厚之方法,但若使硬塗層之膜厚變厚,則有摺疊時硬塗層破裂之問題。因此,現狀為無法獲得可摺疊且不易產生干涉條紋之光學膜。 In order to suppress the occurrence of interference fringes, there is a method of increasing the film thickness of the hard coat layer. However, if the film thickness of the hard coat layer is increased, there is a problem that the hard coat layer is broken at the time of folding. Therefore, the current situation is that an optical film that is foldable and does not easily generate interference fringes cannot be obtained.

另一方面,關於此種光學膜,有於組入至影像顯示裝置之組裝步驟中附著灰塵或產生損傷之情況,有良率降低之情況。用於可摺疊之光學膜之基材由於價格非常高,故而較理想為提高良率。就此種情況而言,有將保護膜貼附於光學膜之兩面之情況,但現狀為,於將保護膜自光學膜剝離時,光學膜之兩面會帶電,因此無法提高良率。 On the other hand, in the case of such an optical film, dust may be attached or damaged during assembly in the image display device, and the yield may be lowered. Substrates for collapsible optical films are preferred because of their high price. In this case, there is a case where the protective film is attached to both surfaces of the optical film. However, when the protective film is peeled off from the optical film, both surfaces of the optical film are charged, so that the yield cannot be improved.

本發明係為了解決上述問題而完成者。即,本發明之目的在於提供一種不易產生干涉條紋之可摺疊之光學膜、具備其之影像顯示裝置。又,本發明之目的在於提供一種能夠提高影像顯示裝置之組裝步驟之良率之可摺疊之光學膜、具備其之影像顯示裝置。 The present invention has been accomplished in order to solve the above problems. That is, an object of the present invention is to provide a foldable optical film which is less likely to cause interference fringes, and an image display device including the same. Further, it is an object of the present invention to provide a foldable optical film capable of improving the assembly procedure of an image display device, and an image display device including the same.

根據本發明之一態樣,提供一種光學膜,其係用於影像顯示裝置且可摺疊者,且具備:樹脂基材,其係由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂及聚酯系樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成;功能層,其設置於上述樹脂基材之第1面側;及第1光學調整層,其設置於上述樹脂基材與上述功能層之間,且鄰接於上述功能層。 According to an aspect of the present invention, there is provided an optical film which is used for an image display device and which is foldable, and comprises: a resin substrate selected from the group consisting of polyimide-based resins and polyamidiamines. a resin composed of one or more of a group consisting of a resin, a polyamide resin, and a polyester resin; a functional layer provided on the first surface side of the resin substrate; and a first optical adjustment layer; It is provided between the resin substrate and the functional layer, and is adjacent to the functional layer.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述第1光學調整層之折射率低於上述樹脂基材之折射率且高於上述功能層之折射率。 In the above optical film, the refractive index of the first optical adjustment layer may be lower than the refractive index of the resin substrate and higher than the refractive index of the functional layer.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述第1光學調整層之膜厚為30nm以上且200nm以下。 In the above optical film, the film thickness of the first optical adjustment layer may be 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備第2光學調整層,該第2光學調 整層設置於上述樹脂基材與上述第1光學調整層之間,且鄰接於上述樹脂基材。 Further, the optical film may further include a second optical adjustment layer provided between the resin substrate and the first optical adjustment layer and adjacent to the resin substrate.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述第2光學調整層之膜厚為30nm以上且200nm以下。 In the above optical film, the film thickness of the second optical adjustment layer may be 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備樹脂層,該樹脂層設置於上述樹脂基材之與上述第1面側為相反側之第2面側且膜厚為50μm以上且300μm以下,上述光學膜之在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'超過200MPa且為1200MPa以下,且上述光學膜之在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切損耗模數G"為3MPa以上且150MPa以下。 Further, the optical film may further include a resin layer provided on the second surface side of the resin substrate opposite to the first surface side and having a thickness of 50 μm or more and 300 μm or less. The shear storage modulus G' at 25 ° C and in the frequency region of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less exceeds 200 MPa and is 1200 MPa or less, and the optical film is cut at a frequency region of 25 ° C and above 500 Hz and below 1000 Hz. The loss modulus G" is 3 MPa or more and 150 MPa or less.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備第3光學調整層,該第3光學調整層設置於上述樹脂基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面。 Further, the optical film may further include a third optical adjustment layer provided on a second surface of the resin substrate opposite to the first surface.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備第3光學調整層,該第3光學調整層設置於上述樹脂基材與上述樹脂層之間,且鄰接於上述樹脂基材。 Further, the optical film may further include a third optical adjustment layer provided between the resin substrate and the resin layer and adjacent to the resin substrate.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述光學膜之黃色指數為15以下。 In the above optical film, the optical film may have a yellow index of 15 or less.

於上述光學膜中,較佳為於反覆進行1萬次之以上述功能層成為內側且上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為10mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。 In the above-mentioned optical film, it is preferable that the film is folded over 180 times in a case where the test layer is folded by 180° so that the functional layer is inside and the interval between the opposite sides of the optical film is 10 mm. fracture.

於上述光學膜中,較佳為於反覆進行1萬次之以上述功能層成為外側且上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為30mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。 In the above-mentioned optical film, it is preferable that the film is folded over 180 times in a case where the test layer is folded over 180 times so that the functional layer is outside and the interval between the opposite sides of the optical film is 30 mm. fracture.

根據本發明之另一態樣,提供一種光學膜,其係用於影像顯示裝置且可摺疊者,且具備:透光性基材;第1抗靜電層,其設置於上述透光性基材之第1面側;及第2抗靜電層,其設置於上述透光性基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面側。 According to another aspect of the present invention, an optical film is provided for use in an image display device and is foldable, and includes: a light transmissive substrate; and a first antistatic layer disposed on the light transmissive substrate The first surface side and the second antistatic layer are provided on the second surface side of the light transmissive substrate opposite to the first surface.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述光學膜之黃色指數為15以下。 In the above optical film, the optical film may have a yellow index of 15 or less.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述第1抗靜電層為抗靜電性硬塗層。 In the above optical film, the first antistatic layer may be an antistatic hard coat layer.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備光學調整層,該光學調整層設置於上述第1抗靜電層之與上述透光性基材側相反之側。 Further, the optical film may further include an optical adjustment layer provided on a side opposite to the light-transmitting substrate side of the first antistatic layer.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備硬塗層,該硬塗層設置於上述透光性基材與上述第1抗靜電層之間。 Further, the optical film may further include a hard coat layer provided between the light-transmitting substrate and the first antistatic layer.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為,於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自距上述光學膜之正面為50mm之距離施加10kV之電壓時之上述光學膜之上述正面之飽和帶電壓之絕對值超過0kV。 In the above optical film, the saturation voltage of the front surface of the optical film may be applied when a voltage of 10 kV is applied at a distance of 50 mm from the front surface of the optical film at 23 ° C and a relative humidity of 50%. The absolute value exceeds 0kV.

於上述光學膜中,較佳為於反覆進行10萬次之以上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為3mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。 In the above optical film, it is preferable that cracking or cracking does not occur in a case where the test is performed by repeating the test in which the distance between the opposite sides of the optical film is set to 3 mm by 100,000 times.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述透光性基材為由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、或該等之混合物所構成之基材。 In the above optical film, the light-transmitting substrate may be a substrate composed of a polyimide-based resin, a polyamide resin, or a mixture thereof.

根據本發明之另一態樣,提供一種可摺疊之影像顯示裝置,其特徵在於具備:顯示元件;上述光學膜,其配置於較上述顯示元件更靠觀察者側。 According to another aspect of the present invention, a foldable video display device includes: a display element; and the optical film disposed on an observer side of the display element.

於上述影像顯示裝置中,亦可為上述顯示元件為有機發光二極體元件。 In the above image display device, the display element may be an organic light emitting diode element.

根據本發明之一態樣,可提供一種不易產生干涉條紋之可摺疊之光學膜。又,根據本發明之另一態樣,可提供一種能夠提高影像顯示裝置之組裝步驟之良率之可摺疊之光學膜。進而,根據本發明之另一態樣,可提供一種具備此種光學膜之影像顯示裝置。 According to an aspect of the present invention, a foldable optical film which is less prone to interference fringes can be provided. Moreover, according to another aspect of the present invention, a foldable optical film capable of improving the yield of an assembly step of an image display device can be provided. Furthermore, according to another aspect of the present invention, an image display apparatus including such an optical film can be provided.

10、30、40、50、60、90、100‧‧‧光學膜 10, 30, 40, 50, 60, 90, 100‧ ‧ optical film

10A、12A、30A、40A、50A、60A、90A、92A、100A、104A‧‧‧正面 10A, 12A, 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A, 90A, 92A, 100A, 104A‧‧‧ positive

11‧‧‧樹脂基材 11‧‧‧Resin substrate

11A‧‧‧第1面 11A‧‧‧1st

11B‧‧‧第2面 11B‧‧‧2nd

12‧‧‧功能層 12‧‧‧ functional layer

13‧‧‧第1光學調整層 13‧‧‧1st optical adjustment layer

14‧‧‧第2光學調整層 14‧‧‧2nd optical adjustment layer

15‧‧‧第3光學調整層 15‧‧‧3rd optical adjustment layer

80、110‧‧‧影像顯示裝置 80,110‧‧‧Image display device

83‧‧‧顯示元件 83‧‧‧Display components

92、103‧‧‧第1抗靜電層 92, 103‧‧‧1st antistatic layer

93、105‧‧‧第2抗靜電層 93, 105‧‧‧2nd antistatic layer

102‧‧‧硬塗層 102‧‧‧hard coating

104‧‧‧光學調整層 104‧‧‧Optical adjustment layer

圖1係第1實施形態之光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of an optical film according to a first embodiment.

圖2(A)~圖2(C)係示意性地表示連續摺疊試驗之情況之圖。 2(A) to 2(C) are diagrams schematically showing the state of the continuous folding test.

圖3(A)及圖3(B)係示意性地表示摺疊靜置試驗之情況之圖。 3(A) and 3(B) are diagrams schematically showing the state of the folding rest test.

圖4係第1實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 4 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of the first embodiment.

圖5係第1實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 5 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of the first embodiment.

圖6係第1實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 6 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of the first embodiment.

圖7係第1實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 7 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of the first embodiment.

圖8係測定剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"時使用之固體剪切用夾具之概略構成圖。 Fig. 8 is a schematic configuration diagram of a solid shearing jig used for measuring the shear storage modulus G' and the shear loss modulus G".

圖9係第1實施形態之影像顯示裝置之概略構成圖。 Fig. 9 is a schematic configuration diagram of a video display device according to the first embodiment.

圖10係第2實施形態之光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 10 is a schematic configuration diagram of an optical film of a second embodiment.

圖11係第2實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 11 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of the second embodiment.

圖12係第2實施形態之影像顯示裝置之概略構成圖。 Fig. 12 is a schematic configuration diagram of a video display device according to a second embodiment.

[第1實施形態] [First Embodiment]

以下,參照圖式對本發明之第1實施形態之光學膜及影像顯示裝置進行說明。本說明書中,「膜」、「片」等用語並非僅基於稱呼之不同而相互區分者。因此,例如「膜」係以亦包含如亦稱為片之構件之含義使用。圖1係本實施形態之光學膜之概略構成圖,圖2(A)~圖2(C)係示意性地表示連續摺疊試驗之情況之圖,圖3(A)及圖3(B)係示意性地表示摺疊靜置試驗之情況之圖。圖4~圖7係實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖,圖8係測定剪切儲存模 數G'及剪切損耗模數G"時使用之固體剪切用夾具之概略構成圖。 Hereinafter, an optical film and a video display device according to a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In this specification, terms such as "film" and "slice" are not distinguished from each other only by the difference in the title. Thus, for example, "film" is used in the sense that it also includes a member, also referred to as a sheet. Fig. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of an optical film of the present embodiment, and Figs. 2(A) to 2(C) are diagrams schematically showing a state of a continuous folding test, and Figs. 3(A) and 3(B) are diagrams. A diagram showing the state of the folding rest test is schematically shown. 4 to 7 are schematic configuration diagrams of other optical films of the embodiment, and Fig. 8 is a schematic configuration diagram of a solid shearing jig used for measuring the shear storage modulus G' and the shear loss modulus G".

<<<光學膜>>> <<<Optical film>>>

圖1所示之光學膜10係用於影像顯示裝置者,且可摺疊。 The optical film 10 shown in Fig. 1 is used for an image display device and is foldable.

光學膜10具備:樹脂基材11;功能層12,其設置於作為樹脂基材11之一面之第1面11A側;及第1光學調整層13(以下,有時亦簡稱為「光學調整層13」),其設置於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間,且鄰接於功能層12。於圖1所示之光學膜10中,進而具備:第2光學調整層14(以下,有時亦簡稱為「光學調整層14」),其設置於樹脂基材11與第1光學調整層13之間,且鄰接於樹脂基材11;及第3光學調整層15(以下,有時亦簡稱為「光學調整層15」),其設置於作為樹脂基材11之與第1面11A為相反側之面的第2面11B。亦可不具備第2光學調整層14及/或第3光學調整層15。又,光學膜10亦可如下述光學膜40所示般於樹脂基材11之第2面11B側進而具備樹脂層。本說明書中所謂「功能層」係指於光學膜中意圖發揮某些功能之層。具體而言,作為功能層,例如可列舉硬塗層、抗靜電層、防污層等。功能層12係作為硬塗層發揮功能者。又,功能層12成為單層構造,但功能層不僅可為單層構造,亦可為2層以上之多層構造。又,本說明書中之各「光學調整層」為單層構造,並非2層以上之多層構造。再者,圖1中,於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間設置有第1光學調整層13及第2光學調整層14之2層光學調整層,亦可於第1光學調整層13與第2光學調整層14之間進而設置其他光學調整層等而成為3層以上之構造。 The optical film 10 includes a resin substrate 11 and a functional layer 12 which is provided on the first surface 11A side which is one surface of the resin substrate 11 and a first optical adjustment layer 13 (hereinafter, simply referred to as an "optical adjustment layer" 13") is disposed between the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 and adjacent to the functional layer 12. Further, the optical film 10 shown in FIG. 1 further includes a second optical adjustment layer 14 (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "optical adjustment layer 14"), which is provided on the resin substrate 11 and the first optical adjustment layer 13 Between the resin substrate 11 and the third optical adjustment layer 15 (hereinafter, simply referred to as "optical adjustment layer 15"), the resin substrate 11 is provided opposite to the first surface 11A. The second surface 11B of the side surface. The second optical adjustment layer 14 and/or the third optical adjustment layer 15 may not be provided. Further, the optical film 10 may further include a resin layer on the second surface 11B side of the resin substrate 11 as shown by the optical film 40 described below. The term "functional layer" as used herein refers to a layer that is intended to exhibit certain functions in an optical film. Specifically, examples of the functional layer include a hard coat layer, an antistatic layer, and an antifouling layer. The functional layer 12 functions as a hard coat layer. Further, the functional layer 12 has a single-layer structure, but the functional layer may have a single-layer structure or a multilayer structure of two or more layers. Moreover, each "optical adjustment layer" in this specification has a single-layer structure, and is not a multilayer structure of two or more layers. In addition, in FIG. 1, the two optical adjustment layers of the first optical adjustment layer 13 and the second optical adjustment layer 14 are provided between the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12, and may be applied to the first optical adjustment layer 13 and Further, another optical adjustment layer or the like is provided between the second optical adjustment layers 14 to have a structure of three or more layers.

圖1中,光學膜10之正面10A成為功能層12之正面12A。再者,於本說明書中,光學膜之正面係以光學膜之單側之表面之含義使用,因此光學膜之與正面為相反側之面被稱為背面以與光學膜之正面加以區分。光學膜10之背面10B成為光學調整層15之與樹脂基材11側之面為相反側之面15A。 In Fig. 1, the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 becomes the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12. Further, in the present specification, the front surface of the optical film is used in the meaning of the surface on one side of the optical film. Therefore, the surface of the optical film opposite to the front surface is referred to as a back surface to be distinguished from the front surface of the optical film. The back surface 10B of the optical film 10 is a surface 15A on the opposite side to the surface of the optical adjustment layer 15 on the side of the resin substrate 11.

光學膜10可摺疊。具體而言,較佳為即便於反覆進行1萬次之以 功能層12成為內側且光學膜10之對向之邊部之間隔成為10mm之方式連續地摺疊光學膜10之試驗(連續摺疊試驗)之情形時,亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂,更佳為即便於反覆進行2萬次之連續摺疊試驗之情形時亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂,進而較佳為即便於反覆進行10萬次之情形時亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂。於對光學膜10反覆進行1萬次之連續摺疊試驗之情形時,若於光學膜10產生破裂等,則光學膜10之摺疊性變得不足。又,較佳為即便於反覆進行1萬次之以功能層12成為外側且光學膜10之對向之邊部之間隔成為30mm之方式連續地摺疊光學膜10之試驗(連續摺疊試驗)之情形時,亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂,更佳為即便於反覆進行2萬次之連續摺疊試驗之情形時亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂,進而較佳為即便於反覆進行10萬次之情形時亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂。 The optical film 10 is foldable. Specifically, it is preferable to continuously fold the optical film 10 so that the functional layer 12 is inside and the interval between the opposite sides of the optical film 10 is 10 mm (continuous folding test). In the case of the film 10, cracking or cracking does not occur in the optical film 10, and it is more preferable that the film 10 does not crack or break even when the continuous folding test is repeated 20,000 times. The optical film 10 is not broken or broken when it is repeatedly performed 100,000 times. When the optical film 10 is repeatedly subjected to a continuous folding test of 10,000 times, if the optical film 10 is cracked or the like, the folding property of the optical film 10 becomes insufficient. In addition, it is preferable that the test (continuous folding test) in which the optical film 10 is continuously folded so that the functional layer 12 is outside and the interval between the opposite sides of the optical film 10 is 30 mm is repeated 10,000 times. At the same time, cracking or breaking of the optical film 10 is not caused, and it is more preferable that cracking or cracking does not occur in the optical film 10 even when the continuous folding test of 20,000 times is repeated, and it is preferable to repeat When the case is performed 100,000 times, cracking or breakage of the optical film 10 is not caused.

以功能層12成為內側之方式連續地摺疊光學膜10之連續摺疊試驗係藉由如下方式進行。如圖2(A)所示,於連續摺疊試驗中,首先,將光學膜10之邊部10C及與邊部10C對向之邊部10D利用平行地配置之固定部20分別固定。再者,光學膜10可為任意之形狀,但連續摺疊試驗中之光學膜10較佳為矩形(例如30mm×100mm之矩形)。又,如圖2(A)所示,固定部20能夠於水平方向上滑動移動。 The continuous folding test in which the optical film 10 is continuously folded so that the functional layer 12 becomes the inner side is performed as follows. As shown in Fig. 2(A), in the continuous folding test, first, the side portion 10C of the optical film 10 and the side portion 10D opposed to the side portion 10C are fixed by the fixing portions 20 arranged in parallel. Further, the optical film 10 may have any shape, but the optical film 10 in the continuous folding test is preferably rectangular (for example, a rectangle of 30 mm × 100 mm). Further, as shown in FIG. 2(A), the fixing portion 20 is slidably movable in the horizontal direction.

其次,如圖2(B)所示,藉由使固定部20以相互接近之方式移動,而以功能層12成為內側、即光學膜10之正面10A成為內側且摺疊光學膜10之方式變形,進而如圖2(C)所示,使固定部20移動至經光學膜10之固定部20固定之對向之2個邊部之間隔成為10mm之位置後,使固定部20朝反方向移動而解除光學膜10之變形。 Then, as shown in FIG. 2(B), the fixing portion 20 is moved toward each other, and the functional layer 12 is formed inside, that is, the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 is inside and the optical film 10 is folded. Further, as shown in FIG. 2(C), after the fixing portion 20 is moved to a position where the distance between the two opposite sides fixed by the fixing portion 20 of the optical film 10 is 10 mm, the fixing portion 20 is moved in the reverse direction. The deformation of the optical film 10 is released.

藉由如圖2(A)~(C)所示般使固定部20移動,可將光學膜10摺疊180°。又,以不使光學膜10之彎曲部10E自固定部20之下端伸出之方式 進行連續摺疊試驗,且將固定部20最接近時之間隔控制為10mm,藉此可使光學膜10之對向之2個邊部之間隔為10mm。於該情形時,將彎曲部10E之外徑視為10mm。再者,光學膜10之厚度與固定部20之間隔(10mm)相比為充分小之值,因此可認為光學膜10之連續摺疊試驗之結果不受因光學膜10之厚度不同所產生之影響。於光學膜10中,進而較佳為於反覆進行1萬次之以功能層12成為內側且光學膜10之對向之邊部之間隔成為10mm之方式摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂,最佳為於反覆進行1萬次之以功能層12成為內側且光學膜10之對向之邊部之間隔成為2mm之方式摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。 The optical film 10 can be folded by 180° by moving the fixing portion 20 as shown in Figs. 2(A) to (C). Further, the continuous folding test is performed so that the bent portion 10E of the optical film 10 does not protrude from the lower end of the fixing portion 20, and the interval at which the fixing portion 20 is closest is controlled to 10 mm, whereby the optical film 10 can be paired. The interval between the two sides is 10 mm. In this case, the outer diameter of the curved portion 10E is regarded as 10 mm. Further, since the thickness of the optical film 10 is sufficiently smaller than the interval (10 mm) of the fixing portion 20, it is considered that the result of the continuous folding test of the optical film 10 is not affected by the difference in thickness of the optical film 10. . In the case of the optical film 10, it is preferable that the continuous folding test is performed by folding 180° so that the functional layer 12 is inside and the interval between the opposite sides of the optical film 10 is 10 mm. It is preferable that cracking or fracture occurs, and it is preferable that rupture is performed 10,000 times in a case where the functional layer 12 is inside and the interval between the opposite sides of the optical film 10 is 2 mm. Or break.

於光學膜10中,如圖3(A)所示,於將光學膜10之邊部10C及與邊部10C對向之邊部10D以邊部10C與邊部10D之間隔成為10mm之方式利用平行地配置之固定部25分別固定而摺疊光學膜10之狀態下,進行於70℃靜置12小時之摺疊靜置試驗,如圖3(B)所示,藉由於摺疊靜置試驗後自邊部10D卸除固定部25,而解除摺疊狀態,於在室溫下於30分鐘後對光學膜10測定光學膜10自然地打開之角度即開度角θ之情形時,較佳為光學膜10之開度角θ為100°以上。再者,開度角θ越大,意味著恢復性越良好,最大為180°。摺疊靜置試驗可如以功能層12成為內側之方式摺疊光學膜10般進行,又,亦可如以功能層12成為外側之方式摺疊光學膜10般進行,較佳為於任一情形時,開度角θ均為100°以上。 In the optical film 10, as shown in Fig. 3(A), the side portion 10C of the optical film 10 and the side portion 10D facing the side portion 10C are used so that the distance between the side portion 10C and the side portion 10D becomes 10 mm. The fixing portion 25 arranged in parallel was fixed and folded in the state of the optical film 10, and the folding standing test was carried out at 70 ° C for 12 hours, as shown in Fig. 3 (B), by the folding and standing test. When the fixing portion 25 is removed from the fixing portion 25 and the folded state is released, the optical film 10 is preferably an angle at which the optical film 10 is naturally opened, that is, the opening angle θ, after 30 minutes at room temperature. The opening angle θ is 100° or more. Furthermore, the larger the opening angle θ, the better the recovery, and the maximum is 180°. The folding and standing test may be performed by folding the optical film 10 such that the functional layer 12 is inside, or may be performed by folding the optical film 10 such that the functional layer 12 is outside, preferably in any case. The opening angle θ is 100° or more.

關於光學膜10之正面10A(功能層12之正面12A),藉由JIS K5600-5-4:1999所規定之鉛筆硬度試驗進行測定時之硬度(鉛筆硬度)較佳為3H以上,更佳為4H以上。鉛筆硬度試驗設為藉由如下方式進行,即,將以30mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜10以於玻璃板上無彎折或褶皺之方式利用Nichiban股份有限公司製造之Cellotape(註冊商標)固定,針對光學膜之正 面,使用鉛筆硬度試驗機(製品名「鉛筆刮痕塗膜硬度試驗機(電動式)」,東洋精機製作所股份有限公司製造),一面對鉛筆(製品名「Uni」,三菱鉛筆股份有限公司製造)施加750g之荷重一面使鉛筆以1mm/秒之移動速度移動。鉛筆硬度設為於鉛筆硬度試驗中未對光學膜之正面造成損傷之最高硬度。再者,於鉛筆硬度之測定時,使用多根硬度不同之鉛筆而進行,每1根鉛筆進行5次鉛筆硬度試驗,於5次中4次以上於光學膜之正面產生損傷之情形時,判斷為該硬度之鉛筆對光學膜之正面造成損傷。上述損傷係指於螢光燈下對進行鉛筆硬度試驗之光學膜之正面進行穿透觀察而被視認到者。 The front surface 10A of the optical film 10 (front surface 12A of the functional layer 12) preferably has a hardness (pencil hardness) of 3H or more when measured by a pencil hardness test prescribed in JIS K5600-5-4:1999, more preferably 4H or more. The pencil hardness test was carried out by using the optical film 10 cut out at a size of 30 mm × 100 mm to use Cellotape (registered trademark) manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd. without bending or wrinkling on the glass plate. For the front side of the optical film, use a pencil hardness tester (product name "Pencil Scratch Film Hardness Tester (Electric)", manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.), and face the pencil (product name "Uni" , manufactured by Mitsubishi Pencil Co., Ltd.), while applying a load of 750 g, the pencil was moved at a moving speed of 1 mm/sec. The pencil hardness was set to the highest hardness that did not cause damage to the front side of the optical film in the pencil hardness test. Furthermore, in the measurement of the pencil hardness, it is determined by using a plurality of pencils having different hardnesses, and the pencil hardness test is performed once for each pencil, and when the damage occurs on the front side of the optical film four times or more in five times, it is judged. A pencil of this hardness causes damage to the front side of the optical film. The above-mentioned damage is determined by penetrating the front surface of the optical film subjected to the pencil hardness test under a fluorescent lamp.

光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值較佳為1012Ω/□以下。表面電阻值可依據JIS K6911:2006,使用電阻率計(製品名「Hiresta-UP MCP-HT450」,Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech公司製造,探針:URS)進行測定。光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值係隨機測定10個部位之以50mm×50mm之大小切出之光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值,採用所測得之10個部位之表面電阻值之算術平均值。 The surface resistance of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 is preferably 10 12 Ω/□ or less. The surface resistance value can be measured in accordance with JIS K6911:2006 using a resistivity meter (product name "Hiresta-UP MCP-HT450", manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech Co., Ltd., probe: URS). The surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 was measured by randomly measuring the surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 cut out at a size of 50 mm × 50 mm in 10 portions, and the surface resistance values of the measured 10 portions were used. Arithmetic mean.

於光學膜10中,於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自距光學膜10之正面10A為50mm之距離施加10kV之電壓時之光學膜10之正面10A之飽和帶電壓(saturated charge voltage)較佳為超過0kV。又,同樣地,於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自距光學膜10之背面10B為20mm之距離施加10kV之電壓時之光學膜10之背面10B之飽和帶電壓較佳為超過0kV。所謂飽和帶電壓係指光學膜可儲存之最大電壓。於在較觸控感測器更靠觀察者側配置有具備抗靜電硬塗層之光學膜之情形時,有因抗靜電硬塗層而無法進行利用觸控感測器之手指等之位置檢測之虞,但若光學膜10之正面10A之飽和帶電壓超過0kV,則即便於將光學膜10配置於較觸控感測器更靠觀察者側之情形時,亦可進行利用觸控感測器之手指等之位置檢測。飽和帶電壓可使用帶電電荷衰減度測定器 (製品名「H-0110」,Shishido Electrostatic公司製造)進行測定。飽和帶電壓設為對以100mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。上述飽和帶電壓之下限更佳為0.1kV以上,上述飽和帶電壓之上限更佳為3kV以下。 In the optical film 10, at a temperature of 23 ° C and a relative humidity of 50%, a saturated charge voltage of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 when a voltage of 10 kV is applied from a front surface 10A of the optical film 10 of 50 mm (saturated charge voltage) It is preferably more than 0 kV. Further, similarly, in the environment of 23 ° C and a relative humidity of 50%, the saturation band voltage of the back surface 10B of the optical film 10 when a voltage of 10 kV is applied from the back surface 10B of the optical film 10 of 20 mm is preferably more than 0 kV. . The so-called saturation band voltage refers to the maximum voltage that the optical film can store. When an optical film having an antistatic hard coat layer is disposed on the observer side of the touch sensor, there is a position detection of a finger or the like using the touch sensor due to the antistatic hard coat layer. However, if the saturation band voltage of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 exceeds 0 kV, the touch sensing can be performed even when the optical film 10 is disposed on the observer side of the touch sensor. Position detection of the finger of the device. The saturation band voltage can be measured using a charged charge decay meter (product name "H-0110", manufactured by Shishido Electrostatic Co., Ltd.). The saturation band voltage was set to the arithmetic mean value of the value obtained by measuring the optical film cut out at a size of 100 mm × 100 mm three times. The lower limit of the saturation band voltage is preferably 0.1 kV or more, and the upper limit of the saturation band voltage is more preferably 3 kV or less.

光學膜10之黃色指數(YI)較佳為15以下。若光學膜10之YI為15以下,則可抑制光學膜之黃色調,可應用於要求透明性之用途。光學膜10之黃色指數(YI)之上限更佳為10以下。黃色指數(YI)係藉由如下方式算出之值,即,以50mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜之背面側成為光源側之方式配置於分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造,光源:鎢絲燈及氘燈)內,根據於該狀態下測得之光學膜之波長300nm~780nm之穿透率,依照JIS Z8722:2009所記載之運算式,計算色度三刺激值X、Y、Z,由三刺激值X、Y、Z,依照ASTM D1925:1962所記載之運算式而算出。光學膜10之黃色指數(YI)之上限更佳為10以下。上述黃色指數(YI)係對1片光學膜測定3次,採用測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。再者,於UV-2450中,黃色指數係藉由於連接於UV-2450之監視器上,讀入上述穿透率之測定資料,於計算項目中勾選「YI」之項目而算出。波長300nm~780nm之穿透率之測定設為藉由如下方式求出,即,於以下之條件下,於波長300nm~780nm分別於前後1nm之間測定最低5點之穿透率,算出其平均值。又,若於分光穿透率之光譜出現起伏,則亦可以δ5.0nm進行平滑化處理。 The yellow index (YI) of the optical film 10 is preferably 15 or less. When the YI of the optical film 10 is 15 or less, the yellow tone of the optical film can be suppressed, and it can be applied to applications requiring transparency. The upper limit of the yellow index (YI) of the optical film 10 is more preferably 10 or less. The yellow index (YI) is a value calculated by the spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", Shimadzu, in which the back side of the optical film cut out in a size of 50 mm × 100 mm is the light source side. Manufactured by the company, light source: tungsten lamp and xenon lamp), according to the transmittance of the optical film measured in this state, the wavelength of 300 nm to 780 nm, according to the calculation formula described in JIS Z8722:2009, calculate the chromaticity three The stimulation values X, Y, and Z are calculated from the tristimulus values X, Y, and Z according to the arithmetic expressions described in ASTM D1925:1962. The upper limit of the yellow index (YI) of the optical film 10 is more preferably 10 or less. The yellow index (YI) is an arithmetic mean obtained by measuring three optical films three times and using three measurements. Further, in the UV-2450, the yellow index is calculated by reading the measurement data of the above-mentioned transmittance by connecting to the monitor of the UV-2450, and checking the item of "YI" in the calculation item. The measurement of the transmittance of the wavelength of 300 nm to 780 nm was carried out by measuring the transmittance of the lowest 5 points between 1 nm before and after the wavelength of 300 nm to 780 nm under the following conditions, and calculating the average value. value. Further, if the spectrum of the spectral transmittance is undulated, the smoothing treatment can be performed at δ 5.0 nm.

(測定條件) (measurement conditions)

‧波長區域:300nm~780nm ‧wavelength region: 300nm~780nm

‧掃描速度:高速 ‧Scanning speed: high speed

‧狹縫寬度:2.0 ‧ slit width: 2.0

‧取樣間隔:自動(0.5nm間隔) ‧Sampling interval: automatic (0.5nm interval)

‧照明:C ‧Lighting: C

‧光源:D2及WI ‧Light source: D2 and WI

‧視野:2° ‧Field of view: 2°

‧光源切換波長:360nm ‧Light source switching wavelength: 360nm

‧S/R切換:標準 ‧S/R switching: standard

‧檢測器:PM ‧Detector: PM

‧自動歸零:於基準線之掃描後,於550nm實施 ‧Automatic zero: After the baseline scan, it is implemented at 550nm

為了調整光學膜10之黃色指數(YI),例如亦可使樹脂基材11、功能層12、光學調整層13、14之至少任一者含有成為黃色之補色之藍色色素。即便於如因使用聚醯亞胺系基材作為樹脂基材而導致黃色調成為問題之情形時,亦可藉由使樹脂基材11等含有藍色色素而降低光學膜之黃色指數(YI)。 In order to adjust the yellow index (YI) of the optical film 10, for example, at least one of the resin substrate 11, the functional layer 12, and the optical adjustment layers 13 and 14 may contain a blue coloring matter which is a yellow complementary color. In other words, when the yellow matrix is caused to be a problem due to the use of the polyimide substrate as the resin substrate, the yellow index (YI) of the optical film can be lowered by including the blue pigment in the resin substrate 11 or the like. .

作為上述藍色色素,可為顏料或染料之任一者,例如於將光學膜10用於有機發光二極體顯示裝置之情形時,較佳為兼具耐光性或耐熱性者。作為上述藍色色素,多環系有機顏料或金屬錯合物有機顏料等與染料之分子分散相比,由紫外線所致之分子斷裂之程度較小,耐光性尤其優異,因此於要求耐光性等之用途上較佳,更具體而言,可較佳地列舉酞菁系有機顏料等。但是,由於顏料對於溶劑產生粒子分散,故而存在由粒子散射所產生之透明性阻礙,因此較佳為使顏料分散體之粒度位於瑞利散射區域。另一方面,於重視光學膜之透明性之情形時,較佳為使用對於溶劑產生分子分散之染料作為上述藍色色素。又,作為上述藍色色素,亦可使用鈷藍等無機顏料。 The blue dye may be either a pigment or a dye. For example, when the optical film 10 is used in an organic light-emitting diode display device, it is preferable to have both light resistance and heat resistance. As the blue dye, a polycyclic organic pigment or a metal complex organic pigment has a smaller degree of molecular cleavage due to ultraviolet rays than a molecular dispersion of a dye, and is particularly excellent in light resistance, and therefore requires light resistance and the like. The use is preferred, and more specifically, a phthalocyanine-based organic pigment or the like is preferably used. However, since the pigment disperses the particles in the solvent, there is a hindrance to transparency caused by scattering of the particles. Therefore, it is preferred that the particle size of the pigment dispersion is located in the Rayleigh scattering region. On the other hand, in the case where the transparency of the optical film is emphasized, it is preferred to use a dye which generates molecular dispersion with respect to a solvent as the blue dye. Further, as the blue dye, an inorganic pigment such as cobalt blue may be used.

自光學調整層15側朝向光學膜10,以入射角度0°照射於波長300nm以上且780nm以下之區域具有連續光譜之光,求出穿透光學膜10之光(穿透光)之L*a*b*表色系之色座標a*、b*,此時,較佳為a*為-3.0以上且2.0以下,b *為-2.0以上且8.0以下。若a*及b*分別為上述範圍內,則可使黃色指數為15以下。a*及b*之測定可使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造)進行。作為光源,可列舉鎢絲鹵素(WI)燈單獨體、或氘(D2)燈與鎢絲鹵素(WI)燈之併用。本說明書中,所謂「入射角度0°之光」係指將光學膜之第1面之法線方向設為0°時之上述法線方向之光。「L*a*b*表色系」、「a*」及「b*」係依據JIS Z8729:2004者。 From the side of the optical adjustment layer 15 toward the optical film 10, a region having a wavelength of 300 nm or more and 780 nm or less is irradiated with light having a continuous spectrum at an incident angle of 0°, and L * a of light (penetrating light) penetrating the optical film 10 is obtained . * b * color coordinates a * and b * of the color system. In this case, a * is preferably -3.0 or more and 2.0 or less, and b * is -2.0 or more and 8.0 or less. If a * and b * are each within the above range, the yellow index can be 15 or less. The measurement of a * and b * can be carried out using a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). As the light source, a tungsten halogen (WI) lamp alone, or a xenon (D2) lamp and a tungsten halogen (WI) lamp may be used in combination. In the present specification, the term "light having an incident angle of 0" means light in the normal direction when the normal direction of the first surface of the optical film is 0°. "L * a * b * color system", "a * " and "b * " are based on JIS Z8729:2004.

光學膜10之波長380nm之分光穿透率較佳為8%以下。若光學膜之上述分光穿透率超過8%,則於將光學膜用於行動終端之情形時,有偏光元件暴露於紫外線而容易劣化之虞。上述穿透率可使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造)進行測定。上述分光穿透率之測定條件與上述波長300nm~780nm之分光穿透率之測定條件相同。上述穿透率係對以50mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜測定3次,採用測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。光學膜10之上述穿透率之上限更佳為5%。再者,光學膜10之上述穿透率可藉由調整下述紫外線吸收劑之添加量等而達成。 The optical transmittance of the optical film 10 at a wavelength of 380 nm is preferably 8% or less. When the spectral transmittance of the optical film exceeds 8%, when the optical film is used for a mobile terminal, the polarizing element is exposed to ultraviolet rays and is easily deteriorated. The above-mentioned transmittance can be measured using a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). The measurement conditions of the spectral transmittance are the same as those for the spectral transmittance of the wavelength of 300 nm to 780 nm. The above-mentioned transmittance was measured three times for an optical film cut out at a size of 50 mm × 100 mm, and the arithmetic mean value of the value obtained by measuring three times was used. The upper limit of the above transmittance of the optical film 10 is more preferably 5%. Further, the above-described transmittance of the optical film 10 can be achieved by adjusting the amount of addition of the ultraviolet absorber described below or the like.

光學膜10之全光線穿透率較佳為85%以上。若光學膜10之全光線穿透率為85%以上,則於將光學膜10用於行動終端之情形時可獲得充分之影像視認性。光學膜10之全光線穿透率更佳為87%以上,最佳為90%以上。 The total light transmittance of the optical film 10 is preferably 85% or more. If the total light transmittance of the optical film 10 is 85% or more, sufficient image visibility can be obtained when the optical film 10 is used for a mobile terminal. The total light transmittance of the optical film 10 is preferably 87% or more, and most preferably 90% or more.

上述全光線穿透率可使用霧度計(製品名「HM-150」,村上色彩技術研究所股份有限公司製造)藉由依據JIS K7361-1:1997之方法進行測定。上述全光線穿透率係將光學膜以50mm×100mm之大小切出後,於無捲曲或皺褶且無指紋或灰塵等之狀態下設置,對1片光學膜測定3次,採用測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。本說明書中所謂「測定3次」,並非對相同之部位測定3次,而指測定不同之3個部位。於光學膜10中,目視之正面10A平坦,且功能層12等積層之層亦平坦,又,膜厚之不均亦收斂於±10%之範圍內。因此, 認為藉由於切出之光學膜之不同之3個部位測定全光線穿透率,可獲得大致之光學膜之面內整體之全光線穿透率之平均值。無論測定對象為1m×3000m之長條,亦或為5英吋之智慧型手機程度之大小,全光線穿透率之不均均為±10%以內。再者,於未以上述大小切出光學膜之情形時,例如由於HM-150測定時之入口開口為20mm,故而需要如直徑成為21mm以上之樣品大小。因此,亦可以22mm×22mm以上之大小適當切出光學膜。於光學膜之大小較小之情形時,於不偏離光源點之範圍內略微地偏移、或改變角度等而將測定點設為3個部位。 The total light transmittance can be measured by a method according to JIS K7361-1:1997 using a haze meter (product name "HM-150", manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Co., Ltd.). The total light transmittance is obtained by cutting the optical film at a size of 50 mm × 100 mm, and then setting it without curling or wrinkling and without fingerprints or dust, and measuring one optical film three times, and measuring three times. And the arithmetic mean of the values obtained. In the present specification, "measuring three times" does not measure the same portion three times, but refers to measuring three different portions. In the optical film 10, the front surface 10A of the visual inspection is flat, and the layers of the functional layer 12 and the like are also flat, and the unevenness of the film thickness also converges within the range of ±10%. Therefore, it is considered that the average value of the total light transmittance of the entire in-plane of the optical film can be obtained by measuring the total light transmittance from the three different portions of the cut optical film. Regardless of the length of the measurement object of 1m × 3000m, or the size of a 5 inch smart phone, the unevenness of the total light transmittance is within ±10%. Furthermore, when the optical film is not cut out in the above-mentioned size, for example, the entrance opening is 20 mm when measured by the HM-150. Therefore, it is necessary to have a sample size such as a diameter of 21 mm or more. Therefore, the optical film can be appropriately cut out in a size of 22 mm × 22 mm or more. When the size of the optical film is small, the measurement point is set to three positions by slightly shifting or changing the angle or the like without departing from the point of the light source.

光學膜10之霧度值(總霧度值)較佳為2.5%以下。若光學膜之上述霧度值為2.5%以下,則於將光學膜用於行動終端之情形時,可抑制影像顯示面之白化。上述霧度值更佳為1.5%以下,更佳為1.0%以下。 The haze value (total haze value) of the optical film 10 is preferably 2.5% or less. When the haze value of the optical film is 2.5% or less, whitening of the image display surface can be suppressed when the optical film is used for the mobile terminal. The haze value is more preferably 1.5% or less, still more preferably 1.0% or less.

上述霧度值可使用霧度計(製品名「HM-150」,村上色彩技術研究所股份有限公司製造)藉由依據JIS K7136:2000之方法進行測定。上述霧度值係將光學膜以50mm×100mm之大小切出後,於無捲曲或皺褶且無指紋或灰塵等之狀態下設置,對1片光學膜測定3次,採用測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。於光學膜10中,目視之正面10A平坦,且功能層12等積層之層亦平坦,又,膜厚之不均亦收斂於±10%之範圍內。因此,認為藉由於切出之光學膜之不同之3個部位測定霧度值,可獲得大致之光學膜之面內整體之霧度值之平均值。無論測定對象為1m×3000m之長條,亦或為5英吋之智慧型手機程度之大小,霧度值之不均均為±10%以內。再者,於未以上述大小切出光學膜之情形時,例如由於HM-150測定時之入口開口為20mm,故而需要如直徑成為21mm以上之樣品大小。因此,亦可以22mm×22mm以上之大小適當切出光學膜。於光學膜之大小較小之情形時,於不偏離光源點之範圍內略微地偏移、或改變角度等而將測定點設為3個部位。 The haze value can be measured by a method according to JIS K7136:2000 using a haze meter (product name "HM-150", manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Co., Ltd.). The haze value is obtained by cutting the optical film at a size of 50 mm × 100 mm, and is provided without curling or wrinkling and without fingerprints or dust. Three optical films are measured three times, and three measurements are obtained. The arithmetic mean of the values. In the optical film 10, the front surface 10A of the visual inspection is flat, and the layers of the functional layer 12 and the like are also flat, and the unevenness of the film thickness also converges within the range of ±10%. Therefore, it is considered that the average haze value of the entire in-plane of the optical film can be obtained by measuring the haze value at three different portions of the cut optical film. Regardless of the length of the measurement object of 1 m × 3000 m, or the size of a smart phone of 5 inches, the unevenness of the haze value is within ±10%. Furthermore, when the optical film is not cut out in the above-mentioned size, for example, the entrance opening is 20 mm when measured by the HM-150. Therefore, it is necessary to have a sample size such as a diameter of 21 mm or more. Therefore, the optical film can be appropriately cut out in a size of 22 mm × 22 mm or more. When the size of the optical film is small, the measurement point is set to three positions by slightly shifting or changing the angle or the like without departing from the point of the light source.

於經由黏著層或接著層而於光學膜10之第1面側設置有偏光板等其他膜之情形時,於與黏著層或接著層一起剝離其他膜後,進行摺疊試驗、摺疊靜置試驗、黃色指數測定、全光線穿透率測定、霧度值測定。其他膜之剝離例如可以如下方式進行。首先,利用乾燥器對經由黏著層或接著層而於光學膜附有其他膜之積層體進行加熱,於視為光學膜與其他膜之界面之部位切入切割器之刀尖,慢慢地剝離。藉由反覆進行此種加熱與剝離,可剝離黏著層或接著層及其他膜。再者,即便具有此種剝離步驟,亦不會對該等試驗或該等測定產生較大影響。霧度值之測定設為於黏著層或接著層之剝離後,進而以酒精充分地擦拭黏著層或接著層之污漬後進行。 When another film such as a polarizing plate is provided on the first surface side of the optical film 10 via the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer, the other film is peeled off together with the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer, and then a folding test, a folding rest test, and a folding test are performed. Yellow index measurement, total light transmittance measurement, haze value measurement. Peeling of the other film can be carried out, for example, in the following manner. First, a laminate having another film attached to the optical film via an adhesive layer or an adhesive layer is heated by a dryer, and the edge of the cutter is cut into a portion which is regarded as an interface between the optical film and the other film, and is slowly peeled off. By repeating such heating and peeling, the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer and other films can be peeled off. Furthermore, even with such a stripping step, there is no significant effect on such tests or such measurements. The haze value is measured after the adhesion of the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer, and then the stain of the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer is sufficiently wiped with alcohol.

近年來,積極地採用發光二極體(Light Emitting Diode)作為個人電腦或平板終端等影像顯示裝置之背光源之光源,但該發光二極體會較強地發出稱為藍光之光。已知該藍光為波長380nm~495nm之光且具有接近於紫外線之性質,具有較強之能量,因此不會被角膜或晶狀體吸收而到達視網膜,由此成為視網膜損傷、眼睛疲勞、對睡眠之不良影響等之原因。因此,較佳為於將光學膜應用於影像顯示裝置之情形時,不會對顯示畫面之色調造成影響,藍光遮蔽性優異。因此,就遮蔽藍光之觀點而言,光學膜10較佳為波長380nm之分光穿透率未達1%,波長410nm之分光穿透率未達10%,波長440nm之分光穿透率為70%以上。其原因在於,若上述波長380nm之分光穿透率為1%以上、或波長410nm之分光穿透率為10%以上,則有無法解決由藍光所產生之問題之情況,若波長440nm之分光穿透率未達70%,則有對使用光學膜之影像顯示裝置之顯示畫面之色調造成影響之情況。光學膜10可成為如下者,即,使藍光之波長中波長410nm以下之波長區域之光充分地吸收,另一方面,使波長440nm以上之光充分地穿透,不對顯示畫面之色調造成影響,藍光之遮蔽性優異。又,於將此種藍光遮蔽性優異之光學膜10應用於作為影像顯示裝置之有機發光 二極體(OLED)顯示裝置之情形時,對於抑制有機發光二極體元件之劣化亦有效。 In recent years, a light emitting diode (Light Emitting Diode) has been actively used as a light source for a backlight of an image display device such as a personal computer or a tablet terminal, but the light emitting diode strongly emits light called blue light. It is known that the blue light is light having a wavelength of 380 nm to 495 nm and has a property close to ultraviolet rays, and has strong energy, so that it is not absorbed by the cornea or the lens and reaches the retina, thereby causing retinal damage, eye fatigue, and poor sleep. The reason for the impact, etc. Therefore, when the optical film is applied to an image display device, it is preferable that the color tone of the display screen is not affected, and the blue light shielding property is excellent. Therefore, in terms of shielding blue light, the optical film 10 preferably has a light transmittance of less than 1% at a wavelength of 380 nm, a light transmittance of less than 10% at a wavelength of 410 nm, and a light transmittance of 70% at a wavelength of 440 nm. the above. The reason for this is that if the spectral transmittance of the wavelength of 380 nm is 1% or more, or the wavelength of the wavelength of 410 nm is 10% or more, the problem caused by blue light cannot be solved, and if the wavelength of 440 nm is transmitted, the light is transmitted. When the transmittance is less than 70%, there is a case where the color tone of the display screen of the image display device using the optical film is affected. The optical film 10 can sufficiently absorb light of a wavelength region having a wavelength of 410 nm or less in the wavelength of blue light, and can sufficiently transmit light having a wavelength of 440 nm or more without affecting the color tone of the display screen. The blue light is excellent in shielding. Further, when such an optical film 10 excellent in blue light shielding property is applied to an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display device as an image display device, it is effective for suppressing deterioration of the organic light emitting diode element.

光學膜10之光之穿透率較佳為至波長380nm為止幾乎為0%,光之穿透自波長410nm逐漸變大,於波長440nm附近,光之穿透急遽變大。具體而言,例如較佳為於波長410nm至440nm之間,分光穿透率以描繪S型曲線之方式變化。上述波長380nm之分光穿透率更佳為未達0.5%,進而較佳為未達0.2%,波長410nm之分光穿透率更佳為未達7%,更佳為未達5%,波長440nm之分光穿透率更佳為75%以上,進而較佳為80%以上。再者,光學膜10較佳為波長420nm之分光穿透率未達50%。藉由滿足此種分光穿透率之關係,光學膜10成為於波長440nm附近穿透率急遽提高者,可不對顯示畫面之色調產生影響而獲得極其優異之藍光遮蔽性。 The light transmittance of the optical film 10 is preferably almost 0% up to a wavelength of 380 nm, and the light penetration gradually increases from a wavelength of 410 nm, and the light penetration becomes sharp near a wavelength of 440 nm. Specifically, for example, it is preferably between 410 nm and 440 nm in wavelength, and the spectral transmittance changes in such a manner as to describe an S-shaped curve. The light transmittance of the above-mentioned wavelength of 380 nm is more preferably less than 0.5%, further preferably less than 0.2%, and the light transmittance of the wavelength of 410 nm is preferably less than 7%, more preferably less than 5%, and the wavelength is 440 nm. The light transmittance is more preferably 75% or more, and still more preferably 80% or more. Further, the optical film 10 preferably has a spectral transmittance of less than 50% at a wavelength of 420 nm. By satisfying such a relationship of the spectral transmittance, the optical film 10 has a sharp increase in transmittance at a wavelength of around 440 nm, and it is possible to obtain an extremely excellent blue light shielding property without affecting the color tone of the display screen.

光學膜10之波長380nm之分光穿透率更佳為未達0.1%,波長410nm之分光穿透率更佳為未達7%,波長440nm之分光穿透率更佳為80%以上。 The optical transmittance of the optical film 10 at a wavelength of 380 nm is preferably less than 0.1%, the light transmittance at a wavelength of 410 nm is preferably less than 7%, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 440 nm is more preferably 80% or more.

光學膜10較佳為使用最小平方法獲得之波長415~435nm之範圍之透射光譜之斜率大於2.0。若上述斜率為2.0以下,則有於藍光之光波長區域、例如於波長415~435nm之波長區域,無法充分地將光截止,藍光截止效果變弱之情況。又,亦考慮到過度截止藍光之光波長區域(波長415~435nm)之可能性,於此情形時,有產生與影像顯示裝置之背光源或發光波長區域(例如自OLED之波長430nm之發光)相干涉、色調變差等不良情況之可能性變大之情況。上述斜率例如可藉由使用能夠以每0.5nm測定之分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造),於415~435nm間於前後1nm之間測定最低5點之穿透率之資料而算出。 Preferably, the optical film 10 has a slope of a transmission spectrum in the range of 415 to 435 nm obtained using a least squares method of greater than 2.0. When the slope is 2.0 or less, the wavelength region of the blue light, for example, the wavelength region of the wavelength of 415 to 435 nm, may not sufficiently cut off the light, and the blue light-off effect may be weak. Moreover, the possibility of excessively blocking the wavelength region of the blue light (wavelength 415 to 435 nm) is also considered. In this case, a backlight or an emission wavelength region of the image display device (for example, a light emission of 430 nm from the OLED) is generated. The possibility of interference such as interference or hue deterioration becomes large. The above-mentioned slope can be measured by, for example, a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) which can be measured at a wavelength of 0.5 nm, and a minimum of 5 points between 1 nm before and after 1 nm between 415 and 435 nm. Calculated by the data.

光學膜10之藍光遮蔽率較佳為40%以上。若藍光遮蔽率未達 40%,則有無法充分地解決上述由藍光所產生之問題之情況。上述藍光遮蔽率例如為藉由JIS T7333:2005而算出之值。再者,此種藍光遮蔽率例如可藉由使功能層12含有下述芝麻酚型苯并三唑系單體而達成。 The blue film shielding ratio of the optical film 10 is preferably 40% or more. If the blue light shielding rate is less than 40%, there is a case where the above problem caused by blue light cannot be sufficiently solved. The blue light shielding rate is, for example, a value calculated by JIS T7333:2005. Further, such a blue light shielding rate can be achieved, for example, by allowing the functional layer 12 to contain the following sesame phenol type benzotriazole-based monomer.

光學膜10之用途並無特別限定,作為光學膜10之用途,例如可列舉:智慧型手機、平板終端、個人電腦(PC)、穿戴式終端、數位標牌、電視、汽車導航等影像顯示裝置。又,光學膜10亦適於車載用途。作為上述各影像顯示裝置之形態,於可摺疊、可捲曲等需要可撓性之用途方面亦較佳。 The use of the optical film 10 is not particularly limited, and examples of the use of the optical film 10 include a smart phone, a tablet terminal, a personal computer (PC), a wearable terminal, a digital signage, a television, and a car navigation device. Moreover, the optical film 10 is also suitable for vehicle use. As the form of each of the image display devices described above, it is also preferable in terms of the use of flexibility, such as folding and curling.

光學膜10可切割為所期望之大小,亦可為卷狀。於將光學膜10切割為所期望之大小之情形時,光學膜之大小並無特別限制,可根據影像顯示裝置之顯示面之大小而適當決定。具體而言,光學膜10之大小例如亦可成為2.8英吋以上且500英吋以下。本說明書中所謂「英吋」,於光學膜為四邊形狀之情形時係指對角線之長度,於為圓形狀之情形時係指直徑,於為橢圓形狀之情形時係指短徑與長徑之和之平均值。此處,於光學膜為四邊形狀之情形時,關於求出上述英吋時之光學膜之縱橫比,只要作為影像顯示裝置之顯示畫面無問題,則無特別限定。例如可列舉縱:橫=1:1、4:3、16:10、16:9、2:1等。其中,尤其於設計性豐富之車載用途或數位標牌中,並不限定於此種縱橫比。又,於光學膜10之大小較大之情形時,自任意之位置以A5尺寸(148mm×210mm)切出後,以各測定項目之大小切出。 The optical film 10 can be cut to a desired size or in a roll shape. When the optical film 10 is cut into a desired size, the size of the optical film is not particularly limited and may be appropriately determined depending on the size of the display surface of the image display device. Specifically, the size of the optical film 10 may be, for example, 2.8 inches or more and 500 inches or less. In the present specification, the term "inch" refers to the length of the diagonal when the optical film has a quadrangular shape, and refers to the diameter in the case of a circular shape, and refers to the short diameter and length in the case of an elliptical shape. The average of the sum of the paths. Here, in the case where the optical film has a rectangular shape, the aspect ratio of the optical film when the above-mentioned inch is obtained is not particularly limited as long as there is no problem as a display screen of the image display device. For example, vertical: horizontal = 1: 1, 4: 3, 16: 10, 16:9, 2: 1, and the like. Among them, especially in the design-rich vehicle use or digital signage, it is not limited to such an aspect ratio. Further, when the size of the optical film 10 is large, it is cut out from an arbitrary position at an A5 size (148 mm × 210 mm), and then cut out in the size of each measurement item.

影像顯示裝置中之光學膜10之配置部位亦可為影像顯示裝置之內部,較佳為影像顯示裝置之表面附近。於用於影像顯示裝置之表面附近之情形時,光學膜10係作為代替覆蓋玻璃而使用之覆蓋膜發揮功能。 The arrangement of the optical film 10 in the image display device may also be inside the image display device, preferably near the surface of the image display device. When used in the vicinity of the surface of the image display device, the optical film 10 functions as a cover film used instead of the cover glass.

<<樹脂基材>> <<Resin substrate>>

樹脂基材11具有透光性。本說明書中所謂「透光性」係指使光穿透之性質,例如包括全光線穿透率為50%以上,較佳為70%以上,更佳為80%以上, 尤佳為90%以上。所謂透光性,並非必須透明,亦可為半透明。 The resin substrate 11 has light transmissivity. The term "transparency" as used in the present specification means a property of penetrating light, and includes, for example, a total light transmittance of 50% or more, preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and still more preferably 90% or more. The so-called light transmission is not necessarily transparent, but may be translucent.

樹脂基材11係由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、及聚酯系樹脂(例如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯樹脂或聚萘二甲酸乙二酯樹脂)所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成之基材。 The resin substrate 11 is selected from the group consisting of a polyimide resin, a polyamide amide resin, a polyamide resin, and a polyester resin (for example, polyethylene terephthalate resin or polyphthalene resin). A substrate composed of one or more resins selected from the group consisting of ethylene formate resins.

於該等樹脂中,就不僅於連續摺疊試驗中不易產生破裂或斷裂,而且亦具有優異之硬度及透明性,又,耐熱性亦優異,亦可藉由進行煅燒而賦予更優異之硬度及透明性之觀點而言,較佳為聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、或該等之混合物。 In these resins, not only cracking or cracking is unlikely to occur in the continuous folding test, but also excellent hardness and transparency, and excellent heat resistance, and more excellent hardness and transparency can be imparted by calcination. From the viewpoint of properties, a polyimide-based resin, a polyamine-based resin, or a mixture thereof is preferred.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂係使四羧酸成分與二胺成分進行反應而獲得者。作為聚醯亞胺系樹脂,並無特別限定,例如就具有優異之透光性及優異之剛性之方面而言,較佳為具有選自由下述通式(1)及下述通式(3)所表示之結構所組成之群中之至少一種結構。 The polyimide-based resin is obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic acid component with a diamine component. The polyimine-based resin is not particularly limited. For example, in terms of excellent light transmittance and excellent rigidity, it is preferably selected from the following general formula (1) and the following general formula (3). At least one of the group consisting of the structures represented.

於上述通式(1)中,R1表示作為四羧酸殘基之四價基,R2表示選自由反式-環己烷二胺殘基、反式-1,4-雙亞甲基環己烷二胺殘基、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、及下述通式(2)所表示之二價基所組成之群中之至少1種二價基。n表示重複單位數,且為1以上。本說明書中,所謂「四羧酸殘基」係指自四羧酸去除4個羧基後之殘基,表示與自四羧酸二酐去除酸二酐結構後之殘基相同之結構。又,所謂「二胺殘基」係指自二胺去除2個胺基後之殘基。 In the above formula (1), R 1 represents a tetravalent group as a tetracarboxylic acid residue, and R 2 represents a residue selected from a trans-cyclohexanediamine residue, trans-1,4-bismethylene. a cyclohexanediamine residue, a 4,4′-diaminodiphenylfluorene residue, a 3,4′-diaminodiphenylfluorene residue, and a second represented by the following formula (2) At least one divalent group of the group consisting of valence groups. n represents the number of repeating units and is 1 or more. In the present specification, the term "tetracarboxylic acid residue" means a residue obtained by removing four carboxyl groups from a tetracarboxylic acid, and has the same structure as a residue obtained by removing an acid dianhydride structure from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Moreover, the "diamine residue" means a residue obtained by removing two amine groups from a diamine.

於上述通式(2)中,R3及R4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、或全氟烷基。 In the above formula (2), R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a perfluoroalkyl group.

於上述通式(3)中,R5表示選自由環己烷四羧酸殘基、環戊烷四羧酸殘基、二環己烷-3,4,3',4'-四羧酸殘基、及4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種四價基,R6表示作為二胺殘基之二價基。n'表示重複單位數,且為1以上。 In the above formula (3), R 5 represents a residue selected from the group consisting of a cyclohexane tetracarboxylic acid residue, a cyclopentane tetracarboxylic acid residue, and a dicyclohexane-3,4,3',4'-tetracarboxylic acid. At least one tetravalent group of the group consisting of a residue and a 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic acid residue, and R 6 represents a divalent group as a diamine residue. n' represents the number of repeating units and is 1 or more.

上述通式(1)中之R1為四羧酸殘基,可設為如上述所例示之自四羧酸二酐去除酸二酐結構後之殘基。作為上述通式(1)中之R1,其中就提高透光性且提高剛性之方面而言,較佳為含有選自由4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸殘基、均苯四甲酸殘基、2,3',3,4'-聯苯四羧酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸殘基、4,4'-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、環己烷四羧酸殘基、及環戊烷四羧酸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種,進而較佳為含有選自由4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、4,4'-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、及3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種。 R 1 in the above formula (1) is a tetracarboxylic acid residue, and may be a residue obtained by removing the acid dianhydride structure from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride as exemplified above. R 1 in the above formula (1), wherein in terms of improving light transmittance and improving rigidity, it is preferred to contain a compound selected from 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic acid Residue, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid residue, pyromellitic acid residue, 2,3',3,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid residue, 3,3' , 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid residue, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylphosphonium tetracarboxylic acid residue, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid residue, At least one selected from the group consisting of a cyclohexane tetracarboxylic acid residue and a cyclopentane tetracarboxylic acid residue, and more preferably contains a terminal selected from 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) At least one of a group consisting of a phthalic acid residue, a 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid residue, and a 3,3',4,4'-diphenylphosphonium tetracarboxylic acid residue.

於R1中,該等較佳之殘基合計較佳為含有50莫耳%以上,進而較佳為含有70莫耳%以上,進而更佳為含有90莫耳%以上。 In R 1 , the preferred residue is preferably contained in an amount of 50 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% or more, and still more preferably 90 mol% or more.

又,作為R1,亦較佳為將如選自由3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸殘基、及均苯四甲酸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種之適於提高剛直性之四羧酸殘基群(群A)、與如選自由4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、2,3',3,4'-聯苯四羧酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸殘基、4,4'-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、環己烷四羧酸殘基、及環戊烷四羧酸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種之適於提高透明性之四羧酸殘基群(群B)混合而使用。 Further, as R 1 , it is also preferred to be selected from the group consisting of a 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid residue and a 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid residue. At least one of the group consisting of a base and a pyromellitic acid residue is suitable for increasing the group of rigid tetracarboxylic acid residues (Group A), and is selected, for example, from 4,4'-(hexafluoroisophthalene) Propyl)diphthalic acid residue, 2,3',3,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid residue, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylphosphonium tetracarboxylic acid residue, 4 a tetracarboxylic acid suitable for improving transparency by at least one of a group consisting of a 4'-oxydiphthalic acid residue, a cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid residue, and a cyclopentane tetracarboxylic acid residue The residue group (group B) is mixed and used.

於此情形時,關於上述適於提高剛直性之四羧酸殘基群(群A)與適於提高透明性之四羧酸殘基群(群B)之含有比率,相對於適於提高透明性之四羧酸殘基群(群B)1莫耳,上述適於提高剛直性之四羧酸殘基群(群A)較佳為0.05莫耳以上且9莫耳以下,進而較佳為0.1莫耳以上且5莫耳以下,進而更佳為0.3莫耳以上且4莫耳以下。 In this case, the content ratio of the tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group A) suitable for improving the rigidity and the tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group B) suitable for improving transparency is suitable for improving transparency. The tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group B) is 1 mol, and the tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group A) suitable for increasing the rigidity is preferably 0.05 mol or more and 9 mol or less, and more preferably 0.1 mol or more and 5 mol or less, and more preferably 0.3 mol or more and 4 mol or less.

作為上述通式(1)中之R2,其中,就提高透光性且提高剛性之方面而言,較佳為選自由4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、及上述通式(2)所表示之二價基所組成之群中之至少1種二價基,進而較佳為選自由4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、以及R3及R4為全氟烷基之上述通式(2)所表示之二價基所組成之群中之至少1種二價基。 R 2 in the above formula (1), wherein, in terms of improving light transmittance and improving rigidity, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl fluorene residues, 3, 4 At least one divalent group of the group consisting of a '-diaminodiphenyl fluorene residue and a divalent group represented by the above formula (2), and more preferably selected from 4, 4'-di An aminodiphenylphosphonium residue, a 3,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium residue, and a divalent group represented by the above formula (2) wherein R 3 and R 4 are a perfluoroalkyl group At least one divalent group in the group.

作為上述通式(3)中之R5,其中就提高透光性且提高剛性之方面而言,較佳為含有4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸殘基、及氧雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基。 R 5 in the above formula (3), wherein 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic acid residue is preferably contained in terms of improving light transmittance and improving rigidity , 3,3',4,4'-diphenylstilbene tetracarboxylic acid residue, and oxydiphthalic acid residue.

於R5中,該等較佳之殘基較佳為含有50莫耳%以上,進而較佳為含有70莫耳%以上,進而更佳為含有90莫耳%以上。 In R 5 , these preferred residues preferably contain 50 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% or more, and still more preferably 90 mol% or more.

上述通式(3)中之R6為二胺殘基,可設為如上述所例示之自二 胺去除2個胺基後之殘基。作為上述通式(3)中之R6,其中,就提高透光性且提高剛性之方面而言,較佳為含有選自由2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺殘基、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸殘基、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷殘基、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸殘基、4,4'-二胺基-2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)二苯醚殘基、1,4-雙[4-胺基-2-(三氟甲基)苯氧基]苯殘基、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷殘基、4,4'-二胺基-2-(三氟甲基)二苯醚殘基、4,4'-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺殘基、N,N'-雙(4-胺基苯基)對苯二甲醯胺殘基、及9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀殘基所組成之群中之至少1種二價基,進而較佳為含有選自由2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺殘基、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸殘基、及4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種二價基。 R 6 in the above formula (3) is a diamine residue, and may be a residue obtained by removing two amine groups from the diamine as exemplified above. The general formula R (3) in the 6, wherein, to increase the rigidity in terms of improving the light-transmitting and the aspect is preferably selected from the group comprising 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine residue, Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]indole residue, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylfluorene residue, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxyl) Phenyl]hexafluoropropane residue, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]indole residue, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl) Diphenyl ether residue, 1,4-bis[4-amino-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]benzene residue, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-2) -trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane residue, 4,4'-diamino-2-(trifluoromethyl)diphenyl ether residue, 4,4'-diaminobenzene a group consisting of a anilide residue, an N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)terephthalamide residue, and a 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene residue At least one divalent group, more preferably containing a residue selected from 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]fluorene At least one divalent group of the group consisting of a residue and a 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl fluorene residue.

於R6中,該等較佳之殘基合計較佳為含有50莫耳%以上,進而較佳為含有70莫耳%以上,進而更佳為含有90莫耳%以上。 In R 6 , the total of the preferred residues is preferably 50% by mole or more, more preferably 70% by mole or more, and still more preferably 90% by mole or more.

又,作為R6,亦較佳為將如選自由雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸殘基、4,4'-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺殘基、N,N'-雙(4-胺基苯基)對苯二甲醯胺殘基、對苯二胺殘基、間苯二胺殘基、及4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷殘基所組成之群中之至少1種之適於提高剛直性之二胺殘基群(群C)、與如選自由2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺殘基、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷殘基、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸殘基、4,4'-二胺基-2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)二苯醚殘基、1,4-雙[4-胺基-2-(三氟甲基)苯氧基]苯殘基、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷殘基、4,4'-二胺基-2-(三氟甲基)二苯醚殘基、及9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀殘基所組成之群中之至少1種之適於提高透明性之二胺殘基群(群D)混合而使用。 Further, as R 6 , it is also preferred to be selected from the group consisting of a bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]fluorene residue, a 4,4'-diaminobenzimidamide residue, and N. , N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)terephthalamide residue, p-phenylenediamine residue, m-phenylenediamine residue, and 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane residue At least one of the groups consisting of groups is suitable for increasing the rigidity of the diamine residue group (Group C), and, for example, from the 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine residue, 4, 4'-Diaminodiphenylhydrazine residue, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane residue, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxyl) Phenyl] anthracene residue, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)diphenyl ether residue, 1,4-bis[4-amino-2-( Trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]benzene residue, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane residue, 4,4' At least one of a group consisting of a diamino-2-(trifluoromethyl)diphenyl ether residue and a 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene residue is suitable for improving transparency The diamine residue group (Group D) is mixed and used.

於此情形時,關於上述適於提高剛直性之二胺殘基群(群C)與適於提高透明性之二胺殘基群(群D)之含有比率,相對於適於提高透明性 之二胺殘基群(群D)1莫耳,上述適於提高剛直性之二胺殘基群(群C)較佳為0.05莫耳以上且9莫耳以下,進而較佳為0.1莫耳以上且5莫耳以下,更佳為0.3莫耳以上且4莫耳以下。 In this case, the content ratio of the diamine residue group (group C) suitable for improving the rigidity and the diamine residue group (group D) suitable for improving transparency is suitable for improving transparency. The diamine residue group (Group D) is 1 mol, and the diamine residue group (Group C) suitable for increasing the rigidity is preferably 0.05 mol or more and 9 mol or less, and more preferably 0.1 mol or more. And less than 5 moles, more preferably 0.3 moles or more and 4 moles or less.

於上述通式(1)及上述通式(3)所表示之結構中,n及n'分別獨立地表示重複單位數,且為1以上。聚醯亞胺之重複單位數n只要以表示下述較佳之玻璃轉移溫度之方式根據結構適當選擇即可,並無特別限定。平均重複單位數通常為10~2000,進而較佳為15~1000。 In the structures represented by the above formula (1) and the above formula (3), n and n' each independently represent the number of repeating units and are 1 or more. The number n of repeating units of the polyimine is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately selected depending on the structure so as to indicate a preferred glass transition temperature. The average repeating unit number is usually from 10 to 2,000, and more preferably from 15 to 1,000.

又,聚醯亞胺系樹脂亦可於其一部分含有聚醯胺結構。作為可含有之聚醯胺結構,例如可列舉:含有如偏苯三甲酸酐之三羧酸殘基之聚醯胺醯亞胺結構、或含有如對苯二甲酸之二羧酸殘基之聚醯胺結構。 Further, the polyamidene-based resin may have a polyamine structure in a part thereof. Examples of the polyamine structure which may be contained include a polyamidoquinone imine structure containing a tricarboxylic acid residue such as trimellitic anhydride, or a polyfluorene containing a dicarboxylic acid residue such as terephthalic acid. Amine structure.

就耐熱性之方面而言,聚醯亞胺系樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度較佳為250℃以上,進而較佳為270℃以上。另一方面,就延伸之容易性或降低烘烤溫度之方面而言,玻璃轉移溫度較佳為400℃以下,進而較佳為380℃以下。 The glass transition temperature of the polyimine-based resin is preferably 250 ° C or higher, and more preferably 270 ° C or higher in terms of heat resistance. On the other hand, the glass transition temperature is preferably 400 ° C or lower, and more preferably 380 ° C or lower in terms of easiness of stretching or lowering of baking temperature.

作為聚醯亞胺系樹脂,例如可列舉具有下述式所表示之結構之化合物。於下述式中,n為重複單位,表示2以上之整數。 The polyimine-based resin may, for example, be a compound having a structure represented by the following formula. In the following formula, n is a repeating unit and represents an integer of 2 or more.

於上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂中,就具有優異之透明性之方面而言,較佳為具有不易引起分子內或分子間之電荷移動之結構之聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂,具體而言,可列舉上述式(4)~(11)等氟化聚醯亞胺系樹脂、上述式(13)~(16)等具有脂環結構之聚醯亞胺系樹脂。 In the above polyimine-based resin, in terms of excellent transparency, a polyimine-based resin or a polyamine-based resin having a structure which does not easily cause intramolecular or intermolecular charge transfer is preferable. Specifically, a fluorinated polyimine-based resin such as the above formulas (4) to (11) and a polyfluorene-based resin having an alicyclic structure such as the above formulas (13) to (16) may be mentioned.

又,於上述式(4)~(11)等氟化聚醯亞胺系樹脂中,由於具有經氟化之結構,故而具有較高之耐熱性,亦不會因由聚醯亞胺系樹脂所構成之聚醯亞胺膜之製造時之熱而被著色,因此具有優異之透明性。 Further, in the fluorinated polyimine-based resin such as the above formulas (4) to (11), since it has a fluorinated structure, it has high heat resistance and is not caused by a polyimide resin. The polyimine film which is formed is colored by heat, and therefore has excellent transparency.

聚醯胺系樹脂之概念不僅包括脂肪族聚醯胺,亦包括芳香族聚醯胺(aramid)。作為聚醯胺系樹脂,例如可列舉具有下述式(21)~(23)所表示之骨架之化合物。再者,於下述式中,n為重複單位,表示2以上之整數。 The concept of polyamine resins includes not only aliphatic polyamines but also aromatic aramids. Examples of the polyamine-based resin include compounds having a skeleton represented by the following formulas (21) to (23). Further, in the following formula, n is a repeating unit and represents an integer of 2 or more.

由上述式(4)~(20)及(23)所表示之聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂所構成之基材亦可使用市售者。作為由上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂所構成之基材之市售品,例如可列舉Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造之Neopulim等,作為由上述聚醯胺系樹脂所構成之基材之市售品,例如可列舉Toray公司製造之Mictron等。 A substrate composed of the polyimine-based resin or the polyamine-based resin represented by the above formulas (4) to (20) and (23) can also be used commercially. For example, a commercially available product of a base material composed of the above-mentioned polyimide resin, such as Neopulim manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., may be mentioned as a commercially available product of a base material composed of the above polyamine resin. A Mictron manufactured by Toray Co., Ltd., etc. are mentioned.

又,上述式(4)~(20)及(23)所表示之聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂亦可使用藉由公知方法而合成者。例如上述式(4)所表示之聚醯亞胺系樹脂之合成方法記載於日本特開2009-132091,具體而言,可藉由使下述式(24)所表示之4,4'-六氟亞丙基雙鄰苯二甲酸二酐(FPA)與2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFDB)進行反應而獲得。 Further, the polyimide-based resin or the polyamine-based resin represented by the above formulas (4) to (20) and (23) may be synthesized by a known method. For example, a method for synthesizing a polyimide-based resin represented by the above formula (4) is disclosed in JP-A-2009-132091, and specifically, 4, 4'-six represented by the following formula (24) can be used. Fluorinated bisphthalic dianhydride (FPA) is obtained by reacting 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFDB).

上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為3000以上且50萬以下之範圍,更佳為5000~30萬之範圍,進而較佳為1萬以上 且20萬以下之範圍。若重量平均分子量未達3000,則有無法獲得充分之強度之情況,若超過50萬,則黏度上升,溶解性降低,因此有無法獲得表面平滑且膜厚均勻之基材之情況。再者,於本說明書中,所謂「重量平均分子量」係指藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)而測得之聚苯乙烯換算值。 The weight average molecular weight of the polyimine-based resin or the polyamine-based resin is preferably in the range of 3,000 or more and 500,000 or less, more preferably in the range of 5,000 to 300,000, and still more preferably 10,000 or more and less than 200,000. The scope. When the weight average molecular weight is less than 3,000, sufficient strength may not be obtained. When the weight average molecular weight exceeds 500,000, the viscosity is increased and the solubility is lowered. Therefore, there is a case where a substrate having a smooth surface and a uniform film thickness cannot be obtained. In the present specification, the "weight average molecular weight" means a polystyrene equivalent value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

就能夠提高硬度之觀點而言,樹脂基材11較佳為使用由上述式(4)~(11)等所表示之氟化聚醯亞胺系樹脂或上述式(23)等具有鹵基之聚醯胺系樹脂所構成之基材。其中,就可進一步提高硬度之觀點而言,更佳為使用由上述式(4)所表示之聚醯亞胺系樹脂所構成之基材。 The resin base material 11 is preferably a fluorinated polyimine resin represented by the above formulas (4) to (11) or the like, or a halogen group such as the above formula (23). A substrate composed of a polyamide resin. In addition, it is more preferable to use the base material which consists of the poly

作為聚酯系樹脂,例如可列舉以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯之至少1種作為構成成分之樹脂等。 Examples of the polyester-based resin include at least one of polyethylene terephthalate, polytrimethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and polyethylene naphthalate. Resin of ingredients, etc.

樹脂基材11之折射率高於功能層12之折射率。樹脂基材11之折射率例如可藉由貝克法進行測定。於使用貝克法測定樹脂基材11之折射率之情形時,切出10個樹脂基材11之碎片,對於所切出之10個碎片,使用折射率標準液,藉由貝克法分別測定折射率,將所測得之10個碎片之折射率之平均值作為樹脂基材11之折射率。樹脂基材11之折射率亦可成為1.500以上且1.800以下。又,樹脂基材11之折射率亦可使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造)測定波長380~780nm之平均反射率,並使用所獲得之平均反射率藉由以下之式(1)而求出。為了防止背面反射,樹脂基材11之平均反射率(R)設為於將較測定點面積更大之寬度之黑色聚氯乙烯絕緣帶(例如製品名「Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38-21」,Yamato公司製造,38mm寬度)貼附於樹脂基材11之背面後測定。 The refractive index of the resin substrate 11 is higher than the refractive index of the functional layer 12. The refractive index of the resin substrate 11 can be measured, for example, by the Beck method. When the refractive index of the resin substrate 11 was measured by the Beck method, pieces of 10 resin substrates 11 were cut out, and for the 10 pieces cut, a refractive index standard solution was used, and the refractive index was measured by the Beck method. The average value of the refractive indices of the 10 pieces measured was taken as the refractive index of the resin substrate 11. The refractive index of the resin substrate 11 may be 1.500 or more and 1.800 or less. Further, the refractive index of the resin substrate 11 can be measured by using a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) at an average reflectance of a wavelength of 380 to 780 nm, and the obtained average reflectance can be used as follows. It is obtained by the formula (1). In order to prevent back reflection, the average reflectance (R) of the resin substrate 11 is set to a black polyvinyl chloride tape having a width larger than the area of the measurement point (for example, the product name "Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38-21", It was measured by attaching it to the back surface of the resin substrate 11 by the Yamato company, 38 mm width.

R1=(1-n1)2/(1+n1)2…(1) R 1 =(1-n 1 ) 2 /(1+n 1 ) 2 (1)

上述式(1)中,R1表示於波長380~780nm之樹脂基材之平均反射率 (%),n1表示樹脂基材之折射率。 In the above formula (1), R 1 represents an average reflectance (%) of a resin substrate having a wavelength of 380 to 780 nm, and n 1 represents a refractive index of the resin substrate.

樹脂基材11之厚度較佳為10μm以上且100μm以下。若樹脂基材之厚度為10μm以上,則可抑制光學膜之捲曲,又,可獲得充分之硬度,進而,即便於利用輥對輥(Roll to Roll)製造光學膜之情形時,亦不易產生褶皺,無導致外觀之劣化之虞。另一方面,若樹脂基材之厚度為100μm以下,則光學膜之摺疊性能良好,可滿足連續摺疊試驗之要件,又,於光學膜之輕量化之方面較佳。樹脂基材11之厚度係使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM),拍攝樹脂基材11之剖面,於該剖面之影像中測定10個部位之樹脂基材11之膜厚,採用該10個部位之膜厚之算術平均值。樹脂基材11之下限更佳為25μm以上,樹脂基材11之上限更佳為80μm以下。 The thickness of the resin substrate 11 is preferably 10 μm or more and 100 μm or less. When the thickness of the resin substrate is 10 μm or more, curling of the optical film can be suppressed, and sufficient hardness can be obtained, and even when an optical film is produced by a roll-to-roll method, wrinkles are less likely to occur. There is no flaw that causes deterioration in appearance. On the other hand, when the thickness of the resin substrate is 100 μm or less, the folding property of the optical film is good, which satisfies the requirements of the continuous folding test, and is preferable in terms of weight reduction of the optical film. The thickness of the resin substrate 11 is obtained by scanning a cross section of the resin substrate 11 using a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the film thickness of the resin substrate 11 at ten locations is measured in the image of the cross section, and the film of the ten portions is used. The arithmetic mean of the thickness. The lower limit of the resin substrate 11 is more preferably 25 μm or more, and the upper limit of the resin substrate 11 is more preferably 80 μm or less.

<<功能層>> <<Function layer>>

功能層12係作為硬塗層發揮功能之層。功能層12除硬塗性以外,亦可具有硬塗性以外之功能。功能層12除硬塗性以外,亦具有抗靜電性。即,功能層12成為抗靜電硬塗層。本說明書中所謂「硬塗層」係指硬塗層之剖面中央之馬氏硬度為375MPa以上之層。本說明書中,所謂「馬氏硬度」係指藉由利用奈米壓痕法之硬度測定,將壓頭壓入500nm時之硬度。利用上述奈米壓痕法之馬氏硬度之測定設為使用HYSITRON(海思創)公司製造之「TI950 TriboIndenter」對測定樣品進行者。具體而言,首先,製作將以1mm×10mm切出之光學膜利用包埋樹脂包埋而成之塊體,藉由一般之切片製作方法,自該塊體切出無孔等之均勻之厚度70nm以上且100nm以下之切片。切片之製作可使用「超薄切片機EM UC7」(Leica Microsystems股份有限公司)等。繼而,將切去該無孔等之均勻之切片後之剩餘之塊體作為測定樣品。繼而,於此種測定樣品之藉由切去上述切片而獲得之剖面中,於以下之測定條件下,將作為上述壓頭之Berkovich壓頭(三角錐)於功能層之剖面中央壓入500nm,保持為固定而進行 殘留應力之緩和後,卸載,計測緩和後之最大荷重,使用該最大荷重Pmax(μN)與深度500nm之凹陷面積A(nm2),藉由Pmax/A而算出馬氏硬度。馬氏硬度設為測定10個部位而獲得之值之算術平均值。 The functional layer 12 is a layer that functions as a hard coat layer. The functional layer 12 may have functions other than hard coat properties in addition to hard coat properties. The functional layer 12 also has antistatic properties in addition to hard coat properties. That is, the functional layer 12 becomes an antistatic hard coat layer. In the present specification, the term "hard coat layer" means a layer having a Martens hardness of 375 MPa or more in the center of the cross section of the hard coat layer. In the present specification, the term "Martens hardness" means the hardness when the indenter is pressed into a thickness of 500 nm by the hardness measurement by the nanoindentation method. The measurement of the Martens hardness by the above-described nanoindentation method was carried out by using "TI950 TriboIndenter" manufactured by HYSITRON Co., Ltd. for the measurement of the sample. Specifically, first, a block in which an optical film cut at 1 mm × 10 mm is embedded in an embedding resin is produced, and a uniform thickness of a hole or the like is cut out from the block by a general slicing method. Slices of 70 nm or more and 100 nm or less. For the production of the slice, "Ultramicrotome EM UC7" (Leica Microsystems Co., Ltd.) or the like can be used. Then, the remaining block after the uniform slice without the holes or the like is cut out as a measurement sample. Then, in the cross section obtained by cutting the above-mentioned section of the measurement sample, the Berkovich indenter (triangular cone) as the indenter was pressed into the center of the cross section of the functional layer at 500 nm under the following measurement conditions. After the relaxation of the residual stress is kept constant, the load is unloaded, and the maximum load after the relaxation is measured. Using the maximum load P max (μN) and the recessed area A (nm 2 ) of the depth of 500 nm, the horse is calculated by P max /A. Hardness. The Martens hardness is an arithmetic mean of the values obtained by measuring 10 sites.

(測定條件) (measurement conditions)

‧荷重速度:10nm/秒 ‧Load speed: 10nm/sec

‧保持時間:5秒 ‧ Hold time: 5 seconds

‧荷重卸載速度:10nm/秒 ‧ load unloading speed: 10nm / sec

‧測定溫度:25℃ ‧Measurement temperature: 25 ° C

關於功能層12,功能層12之剖面中央之馬氏硬度較佳為500MPa以上且2000MPa以下。若功能層12之馬氏硬度為500MPa以上,則可獲得作為硬塗層充分之硬度,又,若為2000MPa以下,則可獲得良好之光學膜之摺疊性能。功能層12之剖面中央之馬氏硬度之下限較佳為600MPa以上,上限較佳為1500MPa以下。 Regarding the functional layer 12, the Martens hardness of the center of the cross section of the functional layer 12 is preferably 500 MPa or more and 2000 MPa or less. When the Martens hardness of the functional layer 12 is 500 MPa or more, sufficient hardness as a hard coat layer can be obtained, and if it is 2000 MPa or less, good folding performance of the optical film can be obtained. The lower limit of the Martens hardness of the center of the cross section of the functional layer 12 is preferably 600 MPa or more, and the upper limit is preferably 1500 MPa or less.

功能層12之折射率亦可成為1.400以上且1.800以下。功能層12之折射率可使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造),測定波長380~780nm之平均反射率,並使用所獲得之平均反射率,藉由以下之式(2)而求出。功能層12之平均反射率設為藉由如下方式獲得,即,於未實施易接著處理之厚度50μm之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)基材上塗佈功能層用組成物並使其硬化而形成厚度1~10μm之功能層,於PET基材之與功能層側之面為相反側之面(背面),貼附較測定點面積更大寬度之黑色聚氯乙烯絕緣帶(例如製品名「Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38-21」,Yamato公司製造,寬度38mm)以防止背面反射,其後進行測定。 The refractive index of the functional layer 12 may be 1.400 or more and 1.800 or less. The refractive index of the functional layer 12 can be measured using a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and the average reflectance at a wavelength of 380 to 780 nm is measured, and the obtained average reflectance is used, by the following formula. (2) Find it. The average reflectance of the functional layer 12 is obtained by coating a composition for a functional layer on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) substrate having a thickness of 50 μm which is not easily processed. It is hardened to form a functional layer having a thickness of 1 to 10 μm, and a black polyvinyl chloride insulating tape having a larger width than the measuring point area is attached to the opposite side (back surface) of the surface of the PET substrate and the functional layer side (for example) The product name "Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38-21", manufactured by Yamato Co., Ltd., width 38 mm) was used to prevent back reflection, and then measurement was performed.

R2=(1-n2)2/(1+n2)2…(2) R 2 =(1-n 2 ) 2 /(1+n 2 ) 2 (2)

上述式(2)中,R2表示於波長380~780nm之功能層之平均反射率 (%),n2表示功能層之折射率。 In the above formula (2), R 2 represents an average reflectance (%) of a functional layer having a wavelength of 380 to 780 nm, and n 2 represents a refractive index of a functional layer.

功能層12之膜厚較佳為2μm以上且40μm以下。若功能層12之膜厚為2μm以上,則可獲得作為硬塗層充分之硬度,又,若為40μm以下,則可抑制加工性之劣化。本說明書中所謂「功能層之膜厚」係指於功能層成為多層構造之情形時合計各功能層之膜厚所獲得之膜厚(總厚)。功能層12之上限更佳為30μm以下,進而較佳為20μm以下。 The film thickness of the functional layer 12 is preferably 2 μm or more and 40 μm or less. When the film thickness of the functional layer 12 is 2 μm or more, sufficient hardness as a hard coat layer can be obtained, and if it is 40 μm or less, deterioration of workability can be suppressed. In the present specification, the "thickness of the functional layer" means a film thickness (total thickness) obtained by summing the film thicknesses of the respective functional layers when the functional layer has a multilayer structure. The upper limit of the functional layer 12 is more preferably 30 μm or less, and still more preferably 20 μm or less.

功能層12之膜厚係使用掃描穿透型電子顯微鏡(STEM)、或穿透型電子顯微鏡(TEM)而拍攝功能層12之剖面,於該剖面之影像中測定20個部位之功能層12之膜厚,設為該20個部位之膜厚之算術平均值。以下記載具體之剖面照片之拍攝方法。首先,製作將以1mm×10mm之大小切出之光學膜利用包埋樹脂包埋之塊體,藉由一般之切片製作方法,自該塊體切出無孔等之均勻之厚度70nm以上且100nm以下之切片。切片之製作可使用「超薄切片機EM UC7」(Leica Microsystems股份有限公司)等。繼而,將該無孔等之均勻之切片作為測定樣品。其後,使用掃描穿透型電子顯微鏡(STEM)(製品名「S-4800」,日立高新技術股份有限公司製造)拍攝測定樣品之剖面照片。於使用上述S-4800拍攝剖面照片時,將檢測器設為「TE」,將加速電壓設為「30kV」,將發射電流設為「10μA」而進行剖面觀察。關於倍率,一面調節焦距並以對比度及亮度辨別或觀察各層,一面於5000倍~20萬倍下適當調節。較佳之倍率為1萬倍~10萬倍,進而較佳之倍率為1萬倍~5萬倍,最佳之倍率為2.5萬倍~5萬倍。再者,於使用上述S-4800拍攝剖面照片時,亦可進而將光圈設為「束偵測光圈3」,將物鏡光圈設為「3」,又,將W.D.設為「8mm」。於測定硬塗層之膜厚時,於進行剖面觀察時,重要的是能夠儘量明確地觀察到功能層與其他層(例如樹脂基材)之界面對比度。假設因對比度不足而難以觀察到該界面之情形時,若實施四氧化鋨、四氧化釕、磷鎢酸等染色處理,則變得容易 觀察到有機層間之界面,因此亦可進行染色處理。又,有界面之對比度於高倍率時更難以分辨之情形。於此情形時,亦於低倍率下同時進行觀察。例如於2.5萬倍與5萬倍、或5萬倍與10萬倍等高低2種倍率下進行觀察,於兩倍率下求出上述算術平均值。進而將該平均值作為功能層之膜厚之值。 The film thickness of the functional layer 12 is a cross section of the functional layer 12 taken by a scanning electron microscope (STEM) or a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and the functional layer 12 of 20 parts is measured in the image of the cross section. The film thickness is an arithmetic mean of the film thicknesses of the 20 parts. The method of photographing a specific cross-sectional photograph will be described below. First, a block in which an optical film cut out at a size of 1 mm × 10 mm is embedded in an embedding resin is produced, and a uniform thickness of 70 nm or more and 100 nm is formed from the block by a general slicing method. The following slices. For the production of the slice, "Ultramicrotome EM UC7" (Leica Microsystems Co., Ltd.) or the like can be used. Then, a uniform slice having no pores or the like was used as a measurement sample. Thereafter, a cross-sectional photograph of the measurement sample was taken using a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) (product name "S-4800", manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd.). When the cross-sectional photograph was taken using the above S-4800, the detector was set to "TE", the acceleration voltage was set to "30 kV", and the emission current was set to "10 μA" to perform cross-sectional observation. Regarding the magnification, while adjusting the focal length and distinguishing or observing the layers with contrast and brightness, it is appropriately adjusted at 5000 times to 200,000 times. The preferred magnification is 10,000 times to 100,000 times, and the preferred magnification is 10,000 times to 50,000 times, and the best magnification is 25,000 times to 50,000 times. Further, when the cross-sectional photograph is taken using the above S-4800, the aperture can be further set to "beam detection aperture 3", the objective aperture can be set to "3", and W.D. can be set to "8 mm". When measuring the film thickness of the hard coat layer, it is important to observe the interface contrast between the functional layer and other layers (for example, a resin substrate) as much as possible when performing cross-sectional observation. When it is difficult to observe the interface due to insufficient contrast, if dyeing treatment such as ruthenium tetroxide, osmium tetroxide or phosphotungstic acid is carried out, the interface between the organic layers can be easily observed, and therefore dyeing treatment can be performed. Moreover, there is a case where the contrast of the interface is more difficult to distinguish at a high magnification. In this case, observation is also performed simultaneously at a low magnification. For example, observation is performed at two magnifications of 25,000 times and 50,000 times, or 50,000 times and 100,000 times, and the arithmetic mean value is obtained at a double rate. Further, the average value is taken as the value of the film thickness of the functional layer.

功能層12由於成為抗靜電硬塗層,故而含有黏合劑樹脂及存在於黏合劑樹脂中之抗靜電劑。再者,於功能層12為不具有抗靜電性之硬塗層之情形時,亦可不含抗靜電劑。又,功能層12除含有黏合劑樹脂等以外,亦可視需要於無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有例如無機粒子或有機粒子等粒子、紫外線吸收劑、接著性提高劑、調平劑、觸變性賦予劑、偶合劑、塑化劑、消泡劑、填充劑、著色劑、填料等添加劑。 Since the functional layer 12 is an antistatic hard coat layer, it contains a binder resin and an antistatic agent present in the binder resin. Further, when the functional layer 12 is a hard coat layer having no antistatic property, the antistatic agent may not be contained. Further, the functional layer 12 may contain, for example, particles such as inorganic particles or organic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, adhesion improvers, leveling agents, and thixotropic properties, in addition to the binder resin and the like, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Additives such as an imparting agent, a coupling agent, a plasticizer, an antifoaming agent, a filler, a colorant, and a filler.

<黏合劑樹脂> <Binder resin>

黏合劑樹脂含有聚合性化合物(硬化性化合物)之聚合物(硬化物)。聚合性化合物係於分子內具有至少1個聚合性官能基者。作為聚合性官能基,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、烯丙基等乙烯性不飽和基。再者,所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」係包含「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」之兩者之含義。 The binder resin contains a polymer (cured product) of a polymerizable compound (curable compound). The polymerizable compound is one having at least one polymerizable functional group in the molecule. Examples of the polymerizable functional group include ethylenically unsaturated groups such as a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group, a vinyl group, and an allyl group. In addition, the "(meth)acryl fluorenyl group" has the meaning of both "acryloyl fluorenyl group" and "methacryl fluorenyl group".

作為聚合性化合物,較佳為多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為上述多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三新戊四醇八(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四新戊四醇十(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚酯三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、雙酚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二甘油四(甲 基)丙烯酸酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸金剛烷基酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、二環戊烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三環癸烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、或將該等利用PO、EO、己內酯等改質者。 As the polymerizable compound, a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate is preferable. Examples of the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. Dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl alcohol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,6 -Hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate , dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tripentenol octa (meth) acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol deca (meth) acrylate, iso-cyanuric acid tris(methyl) Acrylate, di(meth) acrylate, polyester tri(meth) acrylate, polyester di(meth) acrylate, bisphenol di(meth) acrylate, diglycerin tetra ( Methyl)acrylate, adamantyl di(meth)acrylate, isodecyl di(meth)acrylate, dicyclopentane di(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane di(meth)acrylate Di-hydroxyl The base propane tetra(meth)acrylate or the use of PO, EO, caprolactone and the like.

於該等中,就可較佳地滿足上述馬氏硬度之方面而言,較佳為3~6官能者,例如較佳為新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(PETA)、二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(DPHA)、新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(PETTA)、二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯(DPPA)、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三新戊四醇八(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四新戊四醇十(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。再者,於本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」係指「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」。 In these, it is preferably from 3 to 6 in terms of the above-mentioned Martens hardness, and for example, preferably pentaerythritol triacrylate (PETA) or dipentaerythritol Acrylate (DPHA), neopentyltetraol tetraacrylate (PETTA), dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (DPPA), trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tripentaerythritol eight (A) Acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol deca (meth) acrylate, and the like. In the present specification, the term "(meth)acrylate" means "acrylate" and "methacrylate".

再者,為了進行硬度或組成物之黏度調整、密接性之改善等,亦可進而含有單官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體。作為上述單官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體,例如可列舉:丙烯酸羥基乙酯(HEA)、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、甲氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異硬脂酯、丁二酸2-丙烯醯氧基乙酯、丙烯醯嗎福啉、N-丙烯醯氧基乙基六氫鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、丙烯酸環己酯、丙烯酸四氫呋喃酯、丙烯酸異莰酯、丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、及丙烯酸金剛烷基酯等。 Further, in order to adjust the hardness, the viscosity of the composition, the adhesion, and the like, a monofunctional (meth) acrylate monomer may be further contained. Examples of the monofunctional (meth) acrylate monomer include hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA), glycidyl methacrylate, methoxy polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, and (methyl). Isostearyl acrylate, 2-propenyl methoxy succinate, propylene ruthenium, N-propylene methoxyethyl hexahydrophthalimide, cyclohexyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate , isodecyl acrylate, phenoxyethyl acrylate, and adamantyl acrylate.

關於上述單體之重量平均分子量,就提高功能層之硬度之觀點而言,較佳為未達1000,更佳為200以上且800以下。又,上述聚合性低聚物之重量平均分子量較佳為1000以上且2萬以下,更佳為1000以上且1萬以下,進而較佳為2000以上且7000以下。 The weight average molecular weight of the above monomer is preferably less than 1,000, more preferably 200 or more and 800 or less from the viewpoint of increasing the hardness of the functional layer. Moreover, the weight average molecular weight of the polymerizable oligomer is preferably 1,000 or more and 20,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less, and still more preferably 2,000 or more and 7,000 or less.

<抗靜電劑> <antistatic agent>

用於功能層12之抗靜電劑只要為與黏合劑樹脂之相容性良好者,則並無特別限定。作為抗靜電劑,有離子傳導型抗靜電劑與電子傳導型抗靜電劑,就與黏合劑樹脂之相容性之觀點而言,較佳為離子傳導型抗靜電劑。 The antistatic agent used for the functional layer 12 is not particularly limited as long as it has good compatibility with the binder resin. As the antistatic agent, there are an ion-conducting antistatic agent and an electron-conducting antistatic agent, and from the viewpoint of compatibility with the binder resin, an ion-conductive antistatic agent is preferred.

作為上述離子傳導型抗靜電劑,例如可列舉:四級銨鹽、吡啶 鹽等陽離子性抗靜電劑、磺酸、磷酸、羧酸等鹼金屬鹽(例如鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽等)等陰離子性抗靜電劑、胺基酸系、胺基酸硫酸酯系等兩性抗靜電劑、胺基醇系、甘油系、聚乙二醇系等非離子性抗靜電劑等。於該等中,就對於黏合劑樹脂顯示優異之相容性而言,較佳為四級銨鹽或鋰鹽。 Examples of the ion-conductive antistatic agent include cationic antistatic agents such as quaternary ammonium salts and pyridinium salts, and alkali metal salts (for example, lithium salts, sodium salts, and potassium salts) such as sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, and carboxylic acid. An amphoteric antistatic agent such as an anionic antistatic agent, an amino acid system or an amino acid sulfate, or a nonionic antistatic agent such as an amino alcohol system, a glycerin system or a polyethylene glycol system. Among these, a quaternary ammonium salt or a lithium salt is preferred in terms of exhibiting excellent compatibility with the binder resin.

作為上述電子傳導型抗靜電劑,例如可列舉:聚乙炔系、聚噻吩系等導電性聚合物、金屬粒子、金屬氧化物粒子等導電性粒子。於該等中,較佳為於聚乙炔、聚噻吩等導電性聚合物中組合摻雜劑而成之抗靜電劑、金屬粒子、金屬氧化物粒子。又,亦可使上述導電性聚合物中含有導電性粒子。 Examples of the electron-conducting antistatic agent include conductive particles such as a polyacetylene-based or polythiophene-based conductive polymer, metal particles, and metal oxide particles. Among these, an antistatic agent, metal particles, and metal oxide particles obtained by combining a dopant with a conductive polymer such as polyacetylene or polythiophene are preferable. Further, conductive particles may be contained in the conductive polymer.

作為由上述導電性聚合物所構成之抗靜電劑,具體而言,可列舉:聚乙炔、聚苯胺、聚噻吩、聚吡咯、聚苯硫醚、聚(1,6-庚二炔)、聚聯伸苯(聚對苯)、聚對苯硫醚、聚苯基乙炔、聚(2,5-伸噻吩基)、或該等之衍生物等導電性高分子,較佳為聚噻吩系導電性有機聚合物(例如3,4-乙二氧基噻吩(PEDOT)等)。 Specific examples of the antistatic agent composed of the above conductive polymer include polyacetylene, polyaniline, polythiophene, polypyrrole, polyphenylene sulfide, poly(1,6-heptadiyne), and poly a conductive polymer such as a benzene (polyphenylene terephthalate), a polyparaphenylene sulfide, a polyphenylacetylene, a poly(2,5-thienylthio) group, or a derivative thereof, preferably a polythiophene-based conductive material Organic polymer (for example, 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (PEDOT), etc.).

藉由使用由上述導電性有機聚合物所構成之抗靜電劑,濕度依存性較小,可長時間地維持抗靜電性,又,具有較高之透明性、較低之霧度,進而硬塗性較高,尤其可顯著提高鉛筆硬度、對鋼絲絨等之耐擦傷性。 By using an antistatic agent composed of the above conductive organic polymer, the humidity dependency is small, the antistatic property can be maintained for a long period of time, and the transparency is high, the haze is low, and the hard coating is performed. Higher, especially can significantly improve the pencil hardness, scratch resistance of steel wool and the like.

作為構成上述金屬粒子之金屬,並無特別限定,例如可列舉:Au、Ag、Cu、Al、Fe、Ni、Pd、Pt等單質、或該等金屬之合金。又,作為構成上述金屬氧化物粒子之金屬氧化物,並無特別限定,例如可列舉:氧化錫(SnO2)、氧化銻(Sb2O5)、摻銻氧化錫(ATO)、摻錫氧化銦(ITO)、摻鋁氧化鋅(AZO)、摻氟氧化錫(FTO)、氧化鋅(ZnO)等。 The metal constituting the metal particles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a simple substance such as Au, Ag, Cu, Al, Fe, Ni, Pd, or Pt, or an alloy of the metals. Further, the metal oxide constituting the metal oxide particles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include tin oxide (SnO 2 ), bismuth oxide (Sb 2 O 5 ), antimony doped tin oxide (ATO), and tin-doped oxidation. Indium (ITO), aluminum-doped zinc oxide (AZO), fluorine-doped tin oxide (FTO), zinc oxide (ZnO), and the like.

作為抗靜電劑之含量,並無特別限定,相對於功能層用組成物之聚合性化合物100質量份,較佳為1質量份以上且50質量份以下。若為1質量份以上,則可充分地獲得上述抗靜電性,若為50質量份以下,則可獲得霧度值 較小、全光線穿透率良好之高透明膜。上述抗靜電劑之含量之下限更佳為10質量份以上,上限更佳為40質量份以下。 The content of the antistatic agent is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound of the functional layer composition. When the amount is 1 part by mass or more, the above-mentioned antistatic property can be sufficiently obtained. When the amount is 50 parts by mass or less, a highly transparent film having a small haze value and a good total light transmittance can be obtained. The lower limit of the content of the antistatic agent is more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 40 parts by mass or less.

功能層12亦可進而含有紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑、及/或防污劑。 The functional layer 12 may further contain an ultraviolet absorber, a spectroscopic transmittance adjuster, and/or an antifouling agent.

<紫外線吸收劑> <UV absorber>

光學膜可尤其較佳地用於如可摺疊之智慧型手機或平板終端之行動終端,但由於此種行動終端多數情況下於室外使用,故而有配置於較光學膜靠顯示元件側之偏光元件暴露於紫外線而容易劣化之問題。然而,由於功能層12配置於偏光元件之觀察者側,故而若功能層12含有紫外線吸收劑,則可較佳地防止因偏光元件暴露於紫外線所導致之劣化。再者,上述紫外線吸收劑(UVA)亦可不含有於功能層12中而含有於樹脂基材11中。 The optical film can be especially preferably used for a mobile terminal such as a foldable smart phone or a tablet terminal. However, since such a mobile terminal is used outdoors in many cases, there is a polarizing element disposed on the side of the display element of the optical film. The problem of being easily deteriorated by exposure to ultraviolet rays. However, since the functional layer 12 is disposed on the observer side of the polarizing element, if the functional layer 12 contains the ultraviolet absorbing agent, deterioration due to exposure of the polarizing element to ultraviolet rays can be preferably prevented. Further, the ultraviolet absorber (UVA) may be contained in the resin substrate 11 without being contained in the functional layer 12.

作為紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:三系紫外線吸收劑、二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑、及苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑等。 As the ultraviolet absorber, for example, three It is a UV absorber, a benzophenone-based UV absorber, and a benzotriazole-based UV absorber.

作為上述三系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:2-(2-羥基-4-[1-辛氧基羰基乙氧基]苯基)-4,6-雙(4-苯基苯基)-1,3,5-三、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十二烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙[2-羥基-4-丁氧基苯基]-6-(2,4-二丁氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十三烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三、及2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-(2'-乙基)己基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三等。作為市售之三系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:TINUVIN460、TINUVIN477(均為BASF公司製造)、LA-46(ADEKA公司製造)等。 As the above three The ultraviolet absorber is, for example, 2-(2-hydroxy-4-[1-octyloxycarbonylethoxy]phenyl)-4,6-bis(4-phenylphenyl)-1,3 , 5-three ,2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)- 1,3,5-three , 2,4-bis[2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl]-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-three 2-[4-[(2-Hydroxy-3-tridecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)- 1,3,5-three And 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-(2'-ethyl)hexyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl) )-1,3,5-three Wait. As a commercially available three Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include, for example, TINUVIN 460, TINUVIN 477 (both manufactured by BASF Corporation), and LA-46 (manufactured by Adeka Co., Ltd.).

作為上述二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:2-羥基二苯甲酮、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2,2'-二羥基-4,4'-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2',4,4'-四羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、羥基甲氧基二苯甲酮磺酸及其三水合 物、羥基甲氧基二苯甲酮磺酸鈉等。作為市售之二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉CHMASSORB81/FL(BASF公司製造)等。 Examples of the benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber include 2-hydroxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, and 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxy. Benzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, hydroxymethoxybenzophenone sulfonic acid and its three Hydrate, sodium hydroxymethoxybenzophenone sulfonate, and the like. As a commercially available benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber, for example, CHMASSORB81/FL (manufactured by BASF Corporation) or the like can be mentioned.

作為上述苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:2-乙基己基-3-[3-第三丁基-4-羥基-5-(5-氯-2H-苯并三唑-2-基)苯基]丙酸酯、2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-6-(直鏈及側鏈十二烷基)-4-甲基苯酚、2-[5-氯(2H)-苯并三唑-2-基]-4-甲基-6-(第三丁基)苯酚、2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-4,6-二第三戊基苯酚、2-(2'-羥基-5'-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2'-羥基-3,5'-二第三丁基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2'-羥基-3'-第三丁基-5'-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2'-羥基-3,5'-二第三丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2'-羥基-3'-(3",4",5",6"-四氫鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基)-5'-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2,2-亞甲基雙(4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)-6-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)苯酚)、及2-(2'-羥基-3'-第三丁基-5'-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑等。作為市售之苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:KEMISORB71D、KEMISORB79(均為Chemipro Kasei公司製造)、JF-80、JAST-500(均為城北化學公司製造)、ULS-1933D(一方公司製造)、RUVA-93(大塚化學公司製造)等。 As the benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber, for example, 2-ethylhexyl-3-[3-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-(5-chloro-2H-benzotriazole-2) -yl)phenyl]propionate, 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-6-(linear and side chain dodecyl)-4-methylphenol, 2-[5- Chloro(2H)-benzotriazol-2-yl]-4-methyl-6-(t-butyl)phenol, 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4,6-di Third amyl phenol, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3,5'-di-t-butylphenyl) benzo Triazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3,5'-di-t-butyl Phenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-(3",4",5",6"-tetrahydrophthalimidomethyl)-5 '-Methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis(4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-6-(2H-benzotriazole-2 -yl)phenol) and 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole and the like. Examples of commercially available benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers include KEMISORB71D, KEMISORB79 (all manufactured by Chemipro Kasei Co., Ltd.), JF-80, JAST-500 (all manufactured by Seongbuk Chemical Co., Ltd.), and ULS-1933D (one side). Made by the company), RUVA-93 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.

紫外線吸收劑尤其可較佳地使用三系紫外線吸收劑、苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑較佳為與構成功能層之樹脂成分之溶解性較高,又,較佳為上述連續摺疊試驗後之滲出較少者。紫外線吸收劑較佳為經聚合物化或低聚物化。作為紫外線吸收劑,較佳為具有苯并三唑、三、二苯甲酮骨架之聚合物或低聚物,具體而言,較佳為使具有苯并三唑或二苯甲酮骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)以任意之比率進行熱共聚而成者。再者,於將光學膜應用於有機發光二極體(OLED)顯示裝置之情形時,紫外線吸收劑亦可發揮保護OLED免受紫外線之影響之作用。 In particular, the ultraviolet absorber can preferably use three It is a UV absorber and a benzotriazole UV absorber. The ultraviolet absorber preferably has a high solubility with respect to the resin component constituting the functional layer, and preferably has less bleeding after the continuous folding test. The ultraviolet absorber is preferably polymerized or oligomerized. As the ultraviolet absorber, it is preferred to have benzotriazole, three a polymer or oligomer of a benzophenone skeleton, specifically, preferably a (meth) acrylate having a benzotriazole or benzophenone skeleton and methyl methacrylate (MMA) Any combination of thermal copolymerization. Furthermore, when the optical film is applied to an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display device, the ultraviolet absorber can also function to protect the OLED from ultraviolet rays.

作為紫外線吸收劑之含量,並無特別限定,相對於功能層用組成物之固體成分100質量份,較佳為1質量份以上且6質量份以下。若為1質量份 以上,則可充分地獲得使上述紫外線吸收劑含有於功能層之效果,若為6質量份以下,則亦不會於功能層產生明顯之著色或強度降低。上述紫外線吸收劑之含量之下限更佳為2質量份以上,上限更佳為5質量份以下。 The content of the ultraviolet absorber is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 6 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the functional layer composition. When the amount is 1 part by mass or more, the effect of allowing the ultraviolet absorber to be contained in the functional layer can be sufficiently obtained, and if it is 6 parts by mass or less, no significant coloring or strength reduction occurs in the functional layer. The lower limit of the content of the ultraviolet absorber is more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 5 parts by mass or less.

<分光穿透率調整劑> <Spectral transmittance adjuster>

分光穿透率調整劑係調整光學膜之分光穿透率者。於使功能層12含有例如下述通式(25)所表示之芝麻酚型苯并三唑系單體之情形時,可較佳地滿足上述分光穿透率。 The spectral transmittance adjusting agent adjusts the spectral transmittance of the optical film. When the functional layer 12 contains, for example, a sesame phenol type benzotriazole-based monomer represented by the following formula (25), the above-described spectral transmittance can be preferably satisfied.

式中,R7表示氫原子或甲基。R8表示碳數1~6之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烷基或碳數1~6之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之氧伸烷基。 In the formula, R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 8 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a linear or branched oxygen alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

作為上述芝麻酚型苯并三唑系單體,並無特別限制,作為具體之物質名,可列舉:甲基丙烯酸2-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]乙酯、丙烯酸2-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]乙酯、甲基丙烯酸3-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]丙酯、丙烯酸3-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]丙酯、甲基丙烯酸4-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]丁酯、丙烯酸4-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]丁酯、甲基丙烯酸2-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基氧基]乙酯、丙烯酸2-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基氧基]乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]乙酯、丙烯酸2-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)- 2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]乙酯、甲基丙烯酸4-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]丁酯、丙烯酸4-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]丁酯、甲基丙烯酸2-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]乙酯、丙烯酸2-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]乙酯、2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5羧酸2-(甲基丙烯醯氧基)乙酯、2-(丙烯醯氧基)乙基2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-羧酸酯、4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基)丁基2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-羧酸酯、4-(丙烯醯氧基)丁基2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-羧酸酯等。又,該等芝麻酚型苯并三唑系單體可使用1種,又,亦可使用2種以上。 The above-mentioned sesame phenol type benzotriazole-based monomer is not particularly limited, and specific examples of the substance include 2-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxoleyl methacrylate. Pentene-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl]ethyl ester, 2-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl) acrylate -2H-benzotriazol-5-yl]ethyl ester, 3-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzoyl methacrylate Triazol-5-yl]propyl ester, 3-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl] Propyl ester, 4-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl]butyl methacrylate, acrylic acid 4 -[2-(6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl]butyl acrylate, 2-[2-( 6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yloxy]ethyl ester, 2-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo)acrylate [1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yloxy]ethyl ester, 2-[3-{2-(6-hydroxybenzo) methacrylate [1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propanyloxy]ethyl ester, 2-[3-{{ 2-(6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propenyloxy]ethyl ester, 4-[methacrylic acid methacrylate 3-{2-(6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propenyloxy]butyl ester, acrylic acid 4- [3-{2-(6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propenyloxy]butyl ester, methyl 2-[3-{2-(6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propanoxy]ethyl acrylate 2-[3-{2-(6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propenyloxy]B Ester, 2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazole-5carboxylic acid 2-(methacryloxy)ethyl ester, 2-(Propyloxy)ethyl 2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazole-5-carboxylate, 4- (Methethyloxy)butyl 2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazole-5-carboxylate, 4- (Propylene methoxy) butyl 2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazole-5-carboxylate. In addition, one type of these sesame phenol type benzotriazole type monomers may be used, or two or more types may be used.

<防污劑> <Antifouling agent>

作為防污劑,並無特別限定,例如可列舉聚矽氧系防污劑、氟系防污劑、聚矽氧系且氟系防污劑,可分別單獨使用,亦可混合而使用。又,作為防污劑,亦可為丙烯酸系防污劑。 The antifouling agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a polyfluorene antifouling agent, a fluorine antifouling agent, and a polyfluorinated antifouling agent, which may be used singly or in combination. Further, the antifouling agent may be an acrylic antifouling agent.

作為防污劑之含量,相對於上述聚合性化合物100質量份,較佳為0.01~3.0質量份。若為0.01質量份以上,則可對功能層賦予充分之防污性能,又,若為3.0質量份以下,則亦無功能層之硬度降低之虞。 The content of the antifouling agent is preferably 0.01 to 3.0 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound. When it is 0.01 part by mass or more, sufficient antifouling performance can be imparted to the functional layer, and if it is 3.0 parts by mass or less, the hardness of the functional layer is not lowered.

防污劑較佳為重量平均分子量為5000以下,為了改善防污性能之耐久性,其係具有較佳為1個以上、更佳為2個以上之反應性官能基的化合物。其中,藉由使用具有2個以上之反應性官能基之防污劑,可賦予優異耐擦傷性。 The antifouling agent preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 5,000 or less, and preferably has one or more, more preferably two or more reactive functional groups in order to improve the durability against the antifouling property. Among them, excellent anti-scratch resistance can be imparted by using an antifouling agent having two or more reactive functional groups.

於防污劑不具有反應性官能基之情形時,無論於光學膜為卷狀之情形時,亦或為片狀之情形時,防污劑均會於重疊時轉移至光學膜之背面, 若欲於光學膜之背面貼附或塗佈其他層,則有產生其他層之剝離之情況,進而,有因進行多次連續摺疊試驗而容易剝離之情形。 When the antifouling agent does not have a reactive functional group, the antifouling agent may be transferred to the back side of the optical film when it is overlapped, in the case where the optical film is in the form of a roll or in the form of a sheet. If another layer is to be attached or applied to the back surface of the optical film, peeling of the other layers may occur, and further, it may be easily peeled off by performing a plurality of continuous folding tests.

進而,具有上述反應性官能基之防污劑之防污性能之性能持續性(耐久性)變得良好,其中,含有上述氟系防污劑之功能層不易附著(不易顯眼)指紋,擦拭性亦良好。進而,由於可降低功能層用組成物之塗敷時之表面張力,故而調平性良好,所形成之功能層之外觀變得良好。 Further, the antifouling performance of the antifouling agent having the reactive functional group is excellent in durability (durability), and the functional layer containing the fluorine-based antifouling agent is less likely to adhere (not conspicuous) to the fingerprint, and the wiping property Also good. Further, since the surface tension at the time of application of the composition for a functional layer can be reduced, the leveling property is good, and the appearance of the formed functional layer becomes good.

含有聚矽氧系防污劑之功能層之滑動性良好,耐鋼絲絨性良好。搭載有功能層含有此種聚矽氧系防污劑之光學膜的觸控感測器由於以手指或筆等接觸時之滑動變得良好,故而觸感變得良好。又,於功能層亦不易附著(不易顯眼)指紋,擦拭性亦變得良好。進而,由於可降低功能層用組成物之塗敷時之表面張力,故而調平性良好,所形成之功能層之外觀變得良好。 The functional layer containing the polyoxyn antifouling agent has good slidability and good steel wool resistance. A touch sensor equipped with an optical film having a functional layer containing such a polyoxygen-based antifouling agent is excellent in sliding when it is brought into contact with a finger or a pen, and thus has a good touch. Moreover, the fingerprint is not easily attached to the functional layer (it is difficult to conspicuous), and the wiping property is also good. Further, since the surface tension at the time of application of the composition for a functional layer can be reduced, the leveling property is good, and the appearance of the formed functional layer becomes good.

作為聚矽氧系防污劑之市售品,例如可列舉:SUA1900L10(新中村化學公司製造)、SUA1900L6(新中村化學公司製造)、Ebecryl1360(Daicel-Cytec公司製造)、UT3971(日本合成公司製造)、BYKUV3500(BYK-Chemie公司製造)、BYKUV3510(BYK-Chemie公司製造)、BYKUV3570(BYK-Chemie公司製造)、X22-164E、X22-174BX、X22-2426、KBM503、KBM5103(信越化學公司製造)、TEGO-RAD2250、TEGO-RAD2300、TEGO-RAD2200N、TEGO-RAD2010、TEGO-RAD2500、TEGO-RAD2600、TEGO-RAD2700(Evonik Japan公司製造)、Megafac RS854(DIC公司製造)等。 For example, SUA1900L10 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), SUA1900L6 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), Ebecryl 1360 (manufactured by Daicel-Cytec Co., Ltd.), and UT3971 (manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Co., Ltd.) are available as a commercial product of the polyoxo-based antifouling agent. ), BYKUV3500 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.), BYKUV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.), BYKUV3570 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.), X22-164E, X22-174BX, X22-2426, KBM503, KBM5103 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) TEGO-RAD2250, TEGO-RAD2300, TEGO-RAD2200N, TEGO-RAD2010, TEGO-RAD2500, TEGO-RAD2600, TEGO-RAD2700 (manufactured by Evonik Japan), Megafac RS854 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), and the like.

作為氟系防污劑之市售品,例如可列舉:Optool DAC、Optool DSX(大金工業公司製造)、Megafac RS71、Megafac RS74(DIC公司製造)、LINC152EPA、LINC151EPA、LINC182UA(共榮社化學公司製造)、Ftergent 650A、Ftergent 601AD、Ftergent 602等。 As a commercial item of the fluorine-based antifouling agent, for example, Optool DAC, Optool DSX (manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd.), Megafac RS71, Megafac RS74 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), LINC152EPA, LINC151EPA, LINC182UA (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufacturing), Ftergent 650A, Ftergent 601AD, Ftergent 602, etc.

作為氟系且聚矽氧系並且具有反應性官能基之防污劑之市售品,例如可列舉:Megafac RS851、Megafac RS852、Megafac RS853、Megafac RS854(DIC公司製造)、Opstar TU2225、Opstar TU2224(JSR公司製造)、X71-1203M(信越化學公司製造)等。 Commercial products of a fluorine-based and polyoxo-based antifouling agent having a reactive functional group include, for example, Megafac RS851, Megafac RS852, Megafac RS853, Megafac RS854 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Opstar TU2225, and Opstar TU2224 ( JSR company, X71-1203M (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.).

<<第1光學調整層>> <<1st optical adjustment layer>>

光學調整層13係用以抑制干涉條紋之產生之層。關於光學調整層13之折射率,就抑制干涉條紋之產生之觀點而言,較佳為低於樹脂基材11之折射率且高於功能層12之折射率。光學調整層13之折射率可藉由與上述功能層之折射率相同之方法進行測定,因此此處省略說明。 The optical adjustment layer 13 is a layer for suppressing generation of interference fringes. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 13 is preferably lower than the refractive index of the resin substrate 11 and higher than the refractive index of the functional layer 12 from the viewpoint of suppressing generation of interference fringes. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 13 can be measured by the same method as the refractive index of the above functional layer, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

光學調整層13與功能層12之折射率差(光學調整層之折射率-功能層之折射率)較佳為0.005以上且0.100以下。若該折射率差為0.005以上,則可成為雖產生光學調整層13與功能層12之界面反射但無法視認到干涉條紋之等級,又,若為0.100以下,則可成為雖確認到少許之干涉條紋但於實際使用中無問題之等級。該折射率差之下限更佳為0.007以上,上限更佳為0.090以下。光學調整層13之折射率亦可為0.010以上且0.080以下。 The difference in refractive index between the optical adjustment layer 13 and the functional layer 12 (the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer - the refractive index of the functional layer) is preferably 0.005 or more and 0.100 or less. When the refractive index difference is 0.005 or more, the level of the interference fringe is not observed when the interface between the optical adjustment layer 13 and the functional layer 12 is reflected, and if it is 0.100 or less, it is possible to confirm a little interference. Stripe but no problem in actual use. The lower limit of the refractive index difference is more preferably 0.007 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 0.090 or less. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 13 may be 0.010 or more and 0.080 or less.

光學調整層13之膜厚較佳為成為30nm以上且200nm以下。若光學調整層13之膜厚為30nm以上,則可確保功能層12與光學調整層13之充分之密接性,又,若為200nm以下,則可進一步抑制干涉條紋並且可提高摺疊性。光學調整層13之膜厚可藉由與功能層12相同之方法而求出。光學調整層13之下限更佳為50nm以上,上限更佳為150nm以下。 The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 13 is preferably 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less. When the thickness of the optical adjustment layer 13 is 30 nm or more, sufficient adhesion between the functional layer 12 and the optical adjustment layer 13 can be ensured, and if it is 200 nm or less, interference fringes can be further suppressed and the foldability can be improved. The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 13 can be obtained by the same method as the functional layer 12. The lower limit of the optical adjustment layer 13 is more preferably 50 nm or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 150 nm or less.

光學調整層13亦可僅由樹脂所構成,較佳為含有黏合劑樹脂及用以調整折射率之粒子。光學調整層13之黏合劑樹脂較佳為選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯(urethane)系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、及ABS樹脂所組成之群中 之至少1種樹脂。光學調整層13之粒子較佳為選自由二氧化矽(silica)或氟化鎂等低折射率粒子、氧化鈦或氧化鋯等金屬氧化物粒子、鈷藍等無機顏料等所組成之群中之至少1種。於該等中,就調整密接性與折射率差之觀點而言,更佳為聚酯系樹脂與氧化鈦或氧化鋯等金屬氧化物粒子之組合。 The optical adjustment layer 13 may be composed only of a resin, and preferably contains a binder resin and particles for adjusting the refractive index. The binder resin of the optical adjustment layer 13 is preferably selected from the group consisting of a (meth)acrylic resin, a cellulose resin, an urethane resin, a vinyl chloride resin, a polyester resin, a polyolefin resin, and a poly At least one resin selected from the group consisting of carbonate, nylon, polystyrene, and ABS resin. The particles of the optical adjustment layer 13 are preferably selected from the group consisting of low refractive index particles such as silica or magnesium fluoride, metal oxide particles such as titanium oxide or zirconium oxide, and inorganic pigments such as cobalt blue. At least one. Among these, from the viewpoint of adjusting the adhesion and the refractive index difference, it is more preferably a combination of a polyester resin and metal oxide particles such as titanium oxide or zirconium oxide.

又,為了獲得抗靜電性,光學調整層13亦可含有抗靜電劑。於光學調整層13含有抗靜電劑之情形時,光學調整層13亦作為抗靜電層發揮功能。藉由使光學調整層13含有抗靜電劑,可使光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值更穩定化。於使光學調整層13含有抗靜電劑之情形時,若使功能層12亦含有抗靜電劑,則可使光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值進一步穩定化。作為含有於光學調整層13之抗靜電劑,可使用與功能層12之欄中所說明之抗靜電劑相同者,因此此處省略說明。 Further, in order to obtain antistatic properties, the optical adjustment layer 13 may also contain an antistatic agent. When the optical adjustment layer 13 contains an antistatic agent, the optical adjustment layer 13 also functions as an antistatic layer. By including the antistatic agent in the optical adjustment layer 13, the surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 can be more stabilized. When the optical adjustment layer 13 contains an antistatic agent, if the functional layer 12 also contains an antistatic agent, the surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 can be further stabilized. The antistatic agent contained in the optical adjustment layer 13 can be the same as the antistatic agent described in the column of the functional layer 12, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

<<第2光學調整層>> <<2nd optical adjustment layer>>

光學調整層14係主要用以不使干涉條紋產生且提高樹脂基材11與光學調整層13之間之密接性的層。藉由於樹脂基材11與光學調整層13之間設置光學調整層14,可較樹脂基材11與光學調整層13直接接觸之情形時提高密接性。 The optical adjustment layer 14 is mainly used for a layer which does not cause interference fringes and improves the adhesion between the resin substrate 11 and the optical adjustment layer 13. By providing the optical adjustment layer 14 between the resin substrate 11 and the optical adjustment layer 13, the adhesion can be improved when the resin substrate 11 and the optical adjustment layer 13 are in direct contact with each other.

關於光學調整層14之折射率,就干涉條紋之觀點而言,較佳為低於樹脂基材11之折射率且高於光學調整層13之折射率。光學調整層14之折射率可藉由與功能層12相同之方法進行測定,因此此處省略說明。 The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 14 is preferably lower than the refractive index of the resin substrate 11 and higher than the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 13 from the viewpoint of interference fringes. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 14 can be measured by the same method as the functional layer 12, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

光學調整層14與光學調整層13之折射率差(第2光學調整層之折射率-第1光學調整層之折射率)較佳為0.005以上且0.100以下。若該折射率差為0.005以上,則可成為雖產生光學調整層14與光學調整層13之界面反射但無法視認到干涉條紋之等級,又,若為0.100以下,則可成為雖確認到少許之干涉條紋但於實際使用中無問題之等級。該折射率差之下限更佳為0.007以上,上限更佳為0.090以下。光學調整層13之折射率亦可為0.010以上且0.080以下。 The difference in refractive index between the optical adjustment layer 14 and the optical adjustment layer 13 (the refractive index of the second optical adjustment layer - the refractive index of the first optical adjustment layer) is preferably 0.005 or more and 0.100 or less. When the refractive index difference is 0.005 or more, the level of the interference fringe is not observed when the interface between the optical adjustment layer 14 and the optical adjustment layer 13 is reflected, and if it is 0.100 or less, it can be confirmed that it is a little Interference fringes but no problem in actual use. The lower limit of the refractive index difference is more preferably 0.007 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 0.090 or less. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 13 may be 0.010 or more and 0.080 or less.

光學調整層14之膜厚較佳為成為30nm以上且200nm以下。若光學調整層14之膜厚為30nm以上,則可確保光學調整層13與光學調整層14及樹脂基材11與光學調整層14之充分之密接性,又,若為200nm以下,則亦不會因光學調整層14與光學調整層13之折射率差而產生干涉條紋,又,可提高摺疊性。光學調整層14之膜厚設為藉由與功能層12相同之方法而求出。光學調整層14之下限更佳為50nm以上,上限更佳為150nm以下。 The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 14 is preferably 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less. When the film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 14 is 30 nm or more, sufficient adhesion between the optical adjustment layer 13 and the optical adjustment layer 14 and the resin substrate 11 and the optical adjustment layer 14 can be ensured, and if it is 200 nm or less, it is not The interference fringes are generated due to the difference in refractive index between the optical adjustment layer 14 and the optical adjustment layer 13, and the folding property can be improved. The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 14 is obtained by the same method as the functional layer 12. The lower limit of the optical adjustment layer 14 is more preferably 50 nm or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 150 nm or less.

光學調整層14亦可僅由樹脂構成,較佳為含有黏合劑樹脂及用以調整折射率之粒子。光學調整層14之樹脂較佳為選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、及ABS樹脂所組成之群中之至少1種樹脂。光學調整層13之粒子較佳為選自由二氧化矽或氟化鎂等低折射率粒子、氧化鈦或氧化鋯等金屬氧化物粒子、鈷藍等無機顏料等所組成之群中之至少1種。於該等中,就調整密接性與折射率差之觀點而言,更佳為聚酯系樹脂與氧化鈦或氧化鋯等金屬氧化物粒子之組合。 The optical adjustment layer 14 may be composed only of a resin, and preferably contains a binder resin and particles for adjusting the refractive index. The resin of the optical adjustment layer 14 is preferably selected from the group consisting of a (meth)acrylic resin, a cellulose resin, an amine ester resin, a vinyl chloride resin, a polyester resin, a polyolefin resin, a polycarbonate, and a nylon. At least one resin selected from the group consisting of polystyrene and ABS resin. The particles of the optical adjustment layer 13 are preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of low refractive index particles such as ceria or magnesium fluoride, metal oxide particles such as titanium oxide or zirconium oxide, and inorganic pigments such as cobalt blue. . Among these, from the viewpoint of adjusting the adhesion and the refractive index difference, it is more preferably a combination of a polyester resin and metal oxide particles such as titanium oxide or zirconium oxide.

又,為了獲得抗靜電性,光學調整層14亦可含有抗靜電劑。於光學調整層14含有抗靜電劑之情形時,光學調整層14亦作為抗靜電層發揮功能。藉由使光學調整層14含有抗靜電劑,可使光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值更穩定化。於使光學調整層14含有抗靜電劑之情形時,若使功能層12含有抗靜電劑,則可使光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值進一步穩定化。作為光學調整層14中所含之抗靜電劑,可使用與功能層12之欄中所說明之抗靜電劑相同者,因此此處省略說明。 Further, in order to obtain antistatic properties, the optical adjustment layer 14 may also contain an antistatic agent. When the optical adjustment layer 14 contains an antistatic agent, the optical adjustment layer 14 also functions as an antistatic layer. By including the antistatic agent in the optical adjustment layer 14, the surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 can be more stabilized. When the optical adjustment layer 14 contains an antistatic agent, when the functional layer 12 contains an antistatic agent, the surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 can be further stabilized. The antistatic agent contained in the optical adjustment layer 14 can be the same as the antistatic agent described in the column of the functional layer 12, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

<<第3光學調整層>> <<3rd optical adjustment layer>>

光學調整層15係提高光學膜10之透光率之層。光學調整層15之折射率高於作為空氣之折射率之1.000,且低於樹脂基材11之折射率。光學調整層15之折射 率可藉由與上述功能層12之折射率相同之方法進行測定,因此此處省略說明。 The optical adjustment layer 15 is a layer that increases the light transmittance of the optical film 10. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 15 is higher than 1.000 as the refractive index of air, and is lower than the refractive index of the resin substrate 11. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 15 can be measured by the same method as the refractive index of the functional layer 12 described above, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

樹脂基材11與光學調整層15之折射率差(樹脂基材之折射率-第3光學調整層之折射率)較佳為0.005以上且0.700以下。若該折射率差為0.005以上,則可提高光學膜10之透光率,又,若為0.700以下,則無損光學膜10之透明性。該折射率差之下限更佳為0.010以上,上限更佳為0.600以下。光學調整層15之折射率亦可為0.050以上且0.500以下。 The difference in refractive index between the resin substrate 11 and the optical adjustment layer 15 (the refractive index of the resin substrate - the refractive index of the third optical adjustment layer) is preferably 0.005 or more and 0.700 or less. When the refractive index difference is 0.005 or more, the light transmittance of the optical film 10 can be increased, and if it is 0.700 or less, the transparency of the optical film 10 is not impaired. The lower limit of the refractive index difference is more preferably 0.010 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 0.600 or less. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 15 may be 0.050 or more and 0.500 or less.

光學調整層15之膜厚較佳為成為30nm以上且1μm以下。若光學調整層15之膜厚為30nm以上,則可進一步提高光學膜10之透光率,又,若為1μm以下,則可抑制加工性之劣化。光學調整層15之膜厚可藉由與功能層12相同之方法而求出。光學調整層15之下限更佳為50nm以上,上限更佳為700nm以下,進而較佳為500nm以下。 The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 15 is preferably 30 nm or more and 1 μm or less. When the film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 15 is 30 nm or more, the light transmittance of the optical film 10 can be further increased, and if it is 1 μm or less, deterioration of workability can be suppressed. The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 15 can be obtained by the same method as the functional layer 12. The lower limit of the optical adjustment layer 15 is more preferably 50 nm or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 700 nm or less, further preferably 500 nm or less.

關於光學調整層15之構成,只要為折射率高於1.000且低於樹脂基材11之折射率之層,則並無特別限定。光學調整層15可由樹脂構成。光學調整層15除含有樹脂以外,亦可為了進一步降低折射率而含有具有低於該樹脂之折射率之低折射率粒子。又,為了獲得抗靜電性,光學調整層15亦可含有抗靜電劑。於光學調整層15含有抗靜電劑之情形時,光學調整層15亦作為抗靜電層發揮功能。進而,為了調整光學膜10之色調,光學調整層15亦可含有上述分光穿透率調整劑等色調調整劑。 The configuration of the optical adjustment layer 15 is not particularly limited as long as it is a layer having a refractive index higher than 1.000 and lower than the refractive index of the resin substrate 11 . The optical adjustment layer 15 may be composed of a resin. In addition to the resin, the optical adjustment layer 15 may contain low refractive index particles having a refractive index lower than that of the resin in order to further lower the refractive index. Further, in order to obtain antistatic properties, the optical adjustment layer 15 may also contain an antistatic agent. When the optical adjustment layer 15 contains an antistatic agent, the optical adjustment layer 15 also functions as an antistatic layer. Further, in order to adjust the color tone of the optical film 10, the optical adjustment layer 15 may contain a color tone adjusting agent such as the above-described spectral transmittance adjusting agent.

<樹脂> <Resin>

樹脂較佳為選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、及ABS樹脂所組成之群中之至少1種樹脂。於該等中,就與樹脂基材11之密接性之觀點而言,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂等。 The resin is preferably selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylic resins, cellulose resins, amine ester resins, vinyl chloride resins, polyester resins, polyolefin resins, polycarbonates, nylons, polystyrenes, and At least one resin selected from the group consisting of ABS resins. Among these, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the resin substrate 11, a (meth)acrylic resin, an amine ester resin, a polyester resin or the like is preferable.

作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯 等。又,作為上述纖維素系樹脂,例如可列舉:二乙醯纖維素、乙酸丙酸纖維素(CAP)、乙酸丁酸纖維素(CAB)等。作為上述胺酯系樹脂,例如可列舉胺酯樹脂等。 Examples of the (meth)acrylic resin include polymethyl methacrylate and the like. In addition, examples of the cellulose resin include diethylacetone cellulose, cellulose acetate propionate (CAP), and cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB). Examples of the amine ester-based resin include an amine ester resin and the like.

作為上述氯乙烯系樹脂,例如可列舉聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物等。又,作為上述聚酯系樹脂,例如可列舉聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等。又,作為上述聚烯烴系樹脂,例如可列舉聚乙烯、聚丙烯等。 Examples of the vinyl chloride-based resin include polyvinyl chloride, a vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, and the like. Moreover, as the polyester-based resin, for example, polyethylene terephthalate or the like can be mentioned. Further, examples of the polyolefin-based resin include polyethylene and polypropylene.

<低折射率粒子> <low refractive index particles>

作為低折射率粒子,例如可列舉由二氧化矽或氟化鎂所構成之實心或中空粒子等。於該等中,較佳為中空二氧化矽粒子,此種中空二氧化矽粒子例如可藉由日本特開2005-099778號公報之實施例所記載之製造方法進行製作。 Examples of the low refractive index particles include solid or hollow particles composed of cerium oxide or magnesium fluoride. Among these, hollow cerium oxide particles are preferable, and such hollow cerium oxide particles can be produced, for example, by the production method described in the examples of JP-A-2005-099778.

低折射率粒子之平均粒徑(平均一次粒徑)較佳為5nm以上且100nm以下。若低折射率粒子之平均粒徑為上述範圍內,則無損光學調整層15之透明性,可獲得良好之粒子之分散狀態。低折射率粒子之平均粒徑係由使用穿透型電子顯微鏡(TEM)或掃描穿透型電子顯微鏡(STEM)所拍攝之光學調整層15之剖面之影像測定20個低折射率粒子之粒徑,採用20個低折射率粒子之粒徑之算術平均值。低折射率粒子之平均粒徑之下限更佳為10nm以上,上限更佳為80nm以下,進而較佳為70nm以下。 The average particle diameter (average primary particle diameter) of the low refractive index particles is preferably 5 nm or more and 100 nm or less. When the average particle diameter of the low refractive index particles is within the above range, the transparency of the optical adjustment layer 15 is not impaired, and a dispersed state of good particles can be obtained. The average particle diameter of the low refractive index particles is determined by measuring the image of the cross section of the optical adjustment layer 15 taken by a transmission electron microscope (TEM) or a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM). The arithmetic mean of the particle sizes of the 20 low refractive index particles is used. The lower limit of the average particle diameter of the low refractive index particles is more preferably 10 nm or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 80 nm or less, further preferably 70 nm or less.

作為低折射率粒子,較佳為使用於表面具有反應基之二氧化矽粒子(反應性二氧化矽粒子),尤佳為反應性中空二氧化矽粒子。此種於表面具有反應基之二氧化矽粒子可藉由利用矽烷偶合劑等對二氧化矽粒子進行表面處理而製作。作為利用矽烷偶合劑對二氧化矽粒子之表面進行處理之方法,可列舉:對二氧化矽粒子噴霧矽烷偶合劑之乾式法、或於使二氧化矽粒子分散至溶劑中後添加矽烷偶合劑進行反應之濕式法等。 As the low refractive index particles, cerium oxide particles (reactive cerium oxide particles) having a reactive group on the surface are preferably used, and reactive hollow cerium oxide particles are particularly preferable. Such cerium oxide particles having a reactive group on the surface can be produced by surface-treating cerium oxide particles with a decane coupling agent or the like. The method of treating the surface of the cerium oxide particles with a decane coupling agent may be a dry method in which a cerium coupling agent is sprayed on a cerium oxide particle, or a decane coupling agent may be added after dispersing the cerium oxide particles in a solvent. The wet method of reaction, etc.

<抗靜電劑> <antistatic agent>

作為光學調整層15中所含之抗靜電劑,可使用與功能層12之欄中所說明之抗靜電劑相同者,因此此處省略說明。 The antistatic agent contained in the optical adjustment layer 15 can be the same as the antistatic agent described in the column of the functional layer 12, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

<<光學膜之製造方法>> <<Method of manufacturing optical film>>

光學膜10例如可藉由以下方式製作。首先,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於樹脂基材11之第1面11A上塗佈用以形成光學調整層14之第2光學調整層用組成物,而形成第2光學調整層用組成物之塗膜。 The optical film 10 can be produced, for example, in the following manner. First, a second optical adjustment layer composition for forming the optical adjustment layer 14 is applied onto the first surface 11A of the resin substrate 11 by a coating device such as a bar coater to form a second optical adjustment. The coating film of the composition for the layer.

<第2光學調整層用組成物> <Composition for second optical adjustment layer>

第2光學調整層用組成物含有黏合劑樹脂前驅物、金屬氧化物等粒子及溶劑。本說明書中所謂「黏合劑樹脂前驅物」係指藉由去除溶劑、或利用熱或電離放射線使之硬化而成為黏合劑樹脂之成分。 The composition for the second optical adjustment layer contains particles such as a binder resin precursor and a metal oxide, and a solvent. The term "adhesive resin precursor" as used herein refers to a component which is a binder resin by removing a solvent or hardening it by heat or ionizing radiation.

作為黏合劑樹脂前驅物,可列舉溶劑乾燥型樹脂及利用熱或電離放射線而硬化之聚合性化合物。作為本說明書中之電離放射線,可列舉:可見光線、以及紫外線、X射線、電子束、α射線、β射線、及γ射線。第2光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有二氧化矽或氟化鎂等低折射率粒子、鈷藍等無機顏料、調平劑、及聚合起始劑之至少任一者。又,於使用聚酯系樹脂作為黏合劑樹脂前驅物之情形時,第2光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、ABS樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂。 Examples of the binder resin precursor include a solvent-drying resin and a polymerizable compound which is cured by heat or ionizing radiation. Examples of the ionizing radiation in the present specification include visible light rays, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, electron beams, α rays, β rays, and γ rays. The composition for the second optical adjustment layer may further contain at least one of low refractive index particles such as cerium oxide or magnesium fluoride, an inorganic pigment such as cobalt blue, a leveling agent, and a polymerization initiator. In the case where a polyester resin is used as the binder resin precursor, the second optical adjustment layer composition may optionally contain a (meth)acrylic resin, a cellulose resin, or an amine ester resin. One or more resins selected from the group consisting of vinyl chloride resin, polyolefin resin, polycarbonate, nylon, polystyrene, and ABS resin.

於形成第2光學調整層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如40℃以上且200℃以下之溫度下加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發、或使該塗膜硬化,又,視需要對塗膜照射紫外線等電離放射線,形成鄰接於樹脂基材11之光學調整層14。 After the coating film of the composition for the second optical adjustment layer is formed, the coating film is dried by heating at a temperature of, for example, 40 ° C or higher and 200 ° C or lower for 10 seconds to 120 seconds by various known methods to evaporate the solvent. Further, the coating film is cured, and the coating film is irradiated with ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays as necessary to form an optical adjustment layer 14 adjacent to the resin substrate 11.

繼而,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於光學調整層14上塗佈用以形成光學調整層13之第1光學調整層用組成物,而形成第1光學調整層用組成 物之塗膜。 Then, the first optical adjustment layer composition for forming the optical adjustment layer 13 is applied onto the optical adjustment layer 14 by a coating device such as a bar coater to form a composition for the first optical adjustment layer. Coating film.

<第1光學調整層用組成物> <Composition for the first optical adjustment layer>

第1光學調整層用組成物含有黏合劑樹脂前驅物、金屬氧化物等粒子及溶劑。第1光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有二氧化矽或氟化鎂等低折射率粒子、鈷藍等無機顏料、調平劑、及聚合起始劑之至少任一者。又,於使用聚酯系樹脂作為黏合劑樹脂前驅物之情形時,第1光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、ABS樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂。 The composition for the first optical adjustment layer contains particles such as a binder resin precursor and a metal oxide, and a solvent. The composition for the first optical adjustment layer may further contain at least one of low refractive index particles such as cerium oxide or magnesium fluoride, an inorganic pigment such as cobalt blue, a leveling agent, and a polymerization initiator. In the case where a polyester resin is used as the binder resin precursor, the first optical adjustment layer composition may optionally contain a (meth)acrylic resin, a cellulose resin, or an amine ester resin. One or more resins selected from the group consisting of vinyl chloride resin, polyolefin resin, polycarbonate, nylon, polystyrene, and ABS resin.

於形成第1光學調整層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如40℃以上且200℃以下之溫度下加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發、或使該塗膜硬化,又,視需要對塗膜照射紫外線等電離放射線而形成光學調整層13。 After the coating film of the composition for the first optical adjustment layer is formed, the coating film is dried by heating at a temperature of, for example, 40 ° C or higher and 200 ° C or lower for 10 seconds to 120 seconds by various known methods to evaporate the solvent. Further, the coating film is cured, and the coating film is irradiated with ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays as necessary to form the optical adjustment layer 13.

於形成光學調整層13後,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於光學調整層13上塗佈用以形成功能層12之功能層用組成物,形成功能層用組成物之塗膜。 After the optical adjustment layer 13 is formed, a coating layer for forming the functional layer 12 is formed on the optical adjustment layer 13 by a coating device such as a bar coater to form a coating film for the functional layer composition. .

<功能層用組成物> <Composition layer composition>

功能層用組成物含有硬化後成為黏合劑樹脂之聚合性化合物。功能層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有抗靜電劑、紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑、防污劑、無機粒子、調平劑、溶劑、聚合起始劑。 The functional layer composition contains a polymerizable compound which becomes a binder resin after curing. The functional layer composition may further contain an antistatic agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a spectroscopic transmittance adjuster, an antifouling agent, an inorganic particle, a leveling agent, a solvent, and a polymerization initiator as needed.

(溶劑) (solvent)

作為上述溶劑,可列舉:醇(例如甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇、苄醇、PGME、乙二醇、二丙酮醇)、酮(例如丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、庚酮、二異丁基酮、二乙基 酮、二丙酮醇)、酯(乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸正丙酯、乙酸異丙酯、甲酸甲酯、PGMEA)、脂肪族烴(例如己烷、環己烷)、鹵代烴(例二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳)、芳香族烴(例如苯、甲苯、二甲苯)、醯胺(例如二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、正甲基吡咯啶酮)、醚(例如二乙醚、二烷、四氫呋喃)、醚醇(例如1-甲氧基-2-丙醇)、碳酸酯(碳酸二甲酯、碳酸二乙酯、碳酸甲酯乙酯)等。該等溶劑可單獨使用,亦可併用2種以上。其中,作為上述溶劑,就使(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯等成分、以及其他添加劑溶解或分散,可較佳地塗敷功能層用組成物之方面,較佳為甲基異丁基酮、甲基乙基酮。 Examples of the solvent include alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, second butanol, third butanol, benzyl alcohol, PGME, ethylene glycol, diacetone alcohol), and ketone. (eg acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, heptanone, diisobutyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diacetone alcohol), ester (methyl acetate, Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, methyl formate, PGMEA), aliphatic hydrocarbons (eg hexane, cyclohexane), halogenated hydrocarbons (eg dichloromethane, chloroform, tetra Carbon chloride), aromatic hydrocarbons (such as benzene, toluene, xylene), decylamine (such as dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, n-methylpyrrolidone), ether (such as diethyl ether, two Alkane, tetrahydrofuran), ether alcohol (for example, 1-methoxy-2-propanol), carbonate (dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, ethyl methyl carbonate) and the like. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In particular, as the solvent, a component such as (meth)acrylic acid amide or the like and other additives are dissolved or dispersed, and a functional layer composition is preferably applied. Methyl isobutyl ketone and methyl are preferred. Ketoethyl ketone.

(聚合起始劑) (polymerization initiator)

聚合起始劑係於電離放射線照射下分解,產生自由基而使聚合性化合物之聚合(交聯)開始或進行之成分。 The polymerization initiator is a component which decomposes under irradiation with ionizing radiation to generate a radical and initiates or proceeds polymerization (crosslinking) of the polymerizable compound.

聚合起始劑只要可藉由電離放射線照射而釋出使自由基聚合開始之物質,則並無特別限定。作為聚合起始劑,並無特別限定,可使用公知者,具體例例如可列舉:苯乙酮類、二苯甲酮類、米其勒苯甲醯基苯甲酸酯、α-戊基肟酯、9-氧硫類、苯丙酮類、苯偶醯類、安息香類、醯基氧化膦類。又,較佳為混合光敏劑而使用,作為其具體例,例如可列舉:正丁胺、三乙胺、聚正丁基膦等。 The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it can emit a radical polymerization by irradiation with ionizing radiation. The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and a known one can be used. Specific examples thereof include acetophenones, benzophenones, mischalbenzamide benzoate, and α-pentyl hydrazine. Ester, 9-oxosulfur Classes, propiophenones, benzoin, benzoin, fluorenylphosphine oxides. Further, it is preferably used by mixing a photosensitizer, and specific examples thereof include n-butylamine, triethylamine, and poly-n-butylphosphine.

於形成功能層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如30℃以上且120℃以下之溫度下加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發。 After the coating film of the composition for a functional layer is formed, the coating film is dried by heating at a temperature of, for example, 30 ° C or higher and 120 ° C or lower for 10 seconds to 120 seconds by various known methods to evaporate the solvent.

於使塗膜乾燥後,對塗膜照射紫外線等電離放射線而使塗膜硬化。藉此,形成鄰接於光學調整層13之功能層12。 After drying the coating film, the coating film is irradiated with ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays to cure the coating film. Thereby, the functional layer 12 adjacent to the optical adjustment layer 13 is formed.

於形成功能層12後,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於樹脂基材 11之第2面11B上塗佈用以形成光學調整層15之第3光學調整層用組成物,而形成第3光學調整層用組成物之塗膜。 After forming the functional layer 12, the third optical adjustment layer composition for forming the optical adjustment layer 15 is applied onto the second surface 11B of the resin substrate 11 by a coating device such as a bar coater. A coating film of the composition for the third optical adjustment layer is formed.

<第3光學調整層用組成物> <The composition for the third optical adjustment layer>

第3光學調整層用組成物含有樹脂前驅物及溶劑。第3光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有低折射率粒子、抗靜電劑、鈷藍等無機顏料、調平劑、及聚合起始劑之至少任一者。又,於使用聚酯系樹脂作為樹脂前驅物之情形時,第3光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、ABS樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂。溶劑與功能層用組成物之欄中所說明之溶劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The composition for the third optical adjustment layer contains a resin precursor and a solvent. The composition for the third optical adjustment layer may optionally contain at least one of a low refractive index particle, an antistatic agent, an inorganic pigment such as cobalt blue, a leveling agent, and a polymerization initiator. In the case where a polyester resin is used as the resin precursor, the third optical adjustment layer composition may optionally contain a (meth)acrylic resin, a cellulose resin, an amine ester resin, and chlorine. One or more resins selected from the group consisting of ethylene resin, polyolefin resin, polycarbonate, nylon, polystyrene, and ABS resin. The solvent is the same as the solvent described in the column for the functional layer composition, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

於形成第3光學調整層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如40℃以上且200℃以下之溫度下加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發、或使該塗膜硬化,又,視需要對塗膜照射紫外線等電離放射線而形成光學調整層15。藉此,獲得圖1所示之光學膜10。 After the coating film of the composition for the third optical adjustment layer is formed, the coating film is dried by heating at a temperature of, for example, 40 ° C or higher and 200 ° C or lower for 10 seconds to 120 seconds by various known methods to evaporate the solvent. Further, the coating film is cured, and the coating film is irradiated with ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays as necessary to form the optical adjustment layer 15. Thereby, the optical film 10 shown in FIG. 1 was obtained.

<<<其他光學膜>>> <<<Other optical film>>

光學膜亦可為圖4~圖7所示之光學膜30、40、50、60。圖4~圖7所示之光學膜30、40、50、60亦為用於影像顯示裝置者,並可摺疊。 The optical film may also be the optical films 30, 40, 50, 60 shown in FIGS. 4 to 7. The optical films 30, 40, 50, 60 shown in Figures 4 to 7 are also used for image display devices and are foldable.

圖4所示之光學膜30具備:樹脂基材11;功能層12,其設置於樹脂基材11之第1面11A側;及光學調整層13,其設置於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間,且鄰接於功能層12。再者,圖4所示之光學膜30未設置光學調整層14,光學調整層13鄰接於功能層12及樹脂基材11。光學膜30之物性等與光學膜10之物性等相同,因此此處省略說明。光學膜30之正面30A成為功能層12之正面12A,光學膜30之背面30B成為光學調整層15之與樹脂基材11側之面為相反側之面15A。 The optical film 30 shown in FIG. 4 includes a resin substrate 11 , a functional layer 12 provided on the first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11 , and an optical adjustment layer 13 provided on the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 . Between and adjacent to the functional layer 12. Further, the optical film 30 shown in FIG. 4 is not provided with the optical adjustment layer 14, and the optical adjustment layer 13 is adjacent to the functional layer 12 and the resin substrate 11. The physical properties and the like of the optical film 30 are the same as those of the optical film 10, and thus the description thereof is omitted here. The front surface 30A of the optical film 30 serves as the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12, and the back surface 30B of the optical film 30 serves as the surface 15A of the optical adjustment layer 15 opposite to the surface on the resin substrate 11 side.

圖5所示之光學膜40具備:樹脂基材11;功能層12,其設置於樹脂基材11之第1面11A側;光學調整層13,其設置於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間,且鄰接於功能層12;及樹脂層41,其設置於樹脂基材11之第2面11B。再者,圖5所示之光學膜40未設置光學調整層14,光學調整層13鄰接於功能層12及樹脂基材11。光學膜40之正面40A成為功能層12之正面12A,光學膜40之背面30B成為樹脂層41之與樹脂基材11側之面為相反側之面41A。 The optical film 40 shown in FIG. 5 includes a resin substrate 11 , a functional layer 12 provided on the first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11 , and an optical adjustment layer 13 provided on the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 . The resin layer 41 is adjacent to the functional layer 12 and the resin layer 41 is provided on the second surface 11B of the resin substrate 11. Further, the optical film 40 shown in FIG. 5 is not provided with the optical adjustment layer 14, and the optical adjustment layer 13 is adjacent to the functional layer 12 and the resin substrate 11. The front surface 40A of the optical film 40 serves as the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12, and the back surface 30B of the optical film 40 serves as the surface 41A opposite to the surface of the resin layer 41 on the side of the resin substrate 11.

圖6所示之光學膜50具備:樹脂基材11;功能層12,其設置於樹脂基材11之第1面11A側;光學調整層13,其設置於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間,且鄰接於功能層12;樹脂層41,其設置於樹脂基材11之第2面11B側;及光學調整層15,其設置於樹脂基材11與樹脂層41之間,且鄰接於樹脂基材11。再者,圖6所示之光學膜50未設置光學調整層14,光學調整層13鄰接於功能層12及樹脂基材11。光學膜50之正面50A成為功能層12之正面12A,光學膜50之背面50B成為樹脂層41之與樹脂基材11側之面為相反側之面41A。 The optical film 50 shown in FIG. 6 includes a resin substrate 11 , a functional layer 12 provided on the first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11 , and an optical adjustment layer 13 provided on the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 . And adjacent to the functional layer 12; the resin layer 41 is provided on the second surface 11B side of the resin substrate 11, and the optical adjustment layer 15 is provided between the resin substrate 11 and the resin layer 41, and is adjacent to Resin substrate 11. Further, the optical film 50 shown in FIG. 6 is not provided with the optical adjustment layer 14, and the optical adjustment layer 13 is adjacent to the functional layer 12 and the resin substrate 11. The front surface 50A of the optical film 50 serves as the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12, and the back surface 50B of the optical film 50 serves as the surface 41A of the resin layer 41 opposite to the surface on the resin substrate 11 side.

圖7所示之光學膜60具備:樹脂基材11;功能層12,其設置於樹脂基材11之第1面11A側;光學調整層13,其設置於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間,且鄰接於功能層12;光學調整層14,其設置於樹脂基材11與光學調整層13之間,且鄰接於樹脂基材11;樹脂層41,其設置於樹脂基材11之第2面11B側;及光學調整層15,其設置於樹脂基材11與樹脂層41之間,且鄰接於樹脂基材11。再者,光學膜60之正面60A成為功能層12之正面12A,光學膜60之背面60B成為樹脂層41之與樹脂基材11側之面為相反側之面41A。 The optical film 60 shown in FIG. 7 includes a resin substrate 11 , a functional layer 12 provided on the first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11 , and an optical adjustment layer 13 provided on the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 . And adjacent to the functional layer 12; the optical adjustment layer 14 is disposed between the resin substrate 11 and the optical adjustment layer 13 and adjacent to the resin substrate 11, and the resin layer 41 is disposed on the resin substrate 11 The two-sided 11B side and the optical adjustment layer 15 are provided between the resin substrate 11 and the resin layer 41 and are adjacent to the resin substrate 11. Further, the front surface 60A of the optical film 60 serves as the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12, and the back surface 60B of the optical film 60 serves as the surface 41A opposite to the surface of the resin layer 41 on the side of the resin substrate 11.

於光學膜40、50、60中,在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'超過200MPa且為1200MPa以下。若膜之剪切儲存模數G'超過200MPa,則於對光學膜之正面施加有衝擊時,不僅可抑制光學膜自身之變形,而且即便於在較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置之內部配置有黏著層 之情形時,亦可抑制黏著層之塑性變形。又,若光學膜40、50、60之剪切儲存模數G'為1200MPa以下,則可抑制摺疊時之光學膜40之破裂。光學膜40、50、60之剪切儲存模數G'之下限較佳為成為400MPa以上,更佳為成為500MPa以上。藉由設為此種下限,可獲得更優異之耐衝擊性。光學膜40、50、60之剪切儲存模數G'之上限較佳為未達800MPa。藉由設為此種上限,於摺疊靜置並再次打開時可獲得良好之恢復性。 In the optical films 40, 50, and 60, the shear storage modulus G' at 25 ° C and in the frequency region of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less exceeds 200 MPa and is 1200 MPa or less. When the shear storage modulus G' of the film exceeds 200 MPa, when an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film, not only the deformation of the optical film itself but also the optical film is disposed inside the image display device. In the case of the adhesive layer, the plastic deformation of the adhesive layer can also be suppressed. Moreover, when the shear storage modulus G' of the optical films 40, 50, and 60 is 1200 MPa or less, the crack of the optical film 40 at the time of folding can be suppressed. The lower limit of the shear storage modulus G' of the optical films 40, 50, and 60 is preferably 400 MPa or more, and more preferably 500 MPa or more. By setting it as such a lower limit, more excellent impact resistance can be obtained. The upper limit of the shear storage modulus G' of the optical films 40, 50, 60 is preferably less than 800 MPa. By setting such an upper limit, good recovery can be obtained when the folding is allowed to stand and is opened again.

於光學膜40、50、60中,在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切損耗模數G"成為3MPa以上且150MPa以下。若光學膜之剪切損耗模數G"為3MPa以上,則可抑制衝擊吸收性能之降低。又,若光學膜40、50、60之剪切損耗模數G"為150MPa以下,則可抑制樹脂層41之硬度降低。光學膜40之剪切損耗模數G"之下限較佳為成為20MPa以上,又,光學膜40之剪切損耗模數G"之上限就光學膜40、50、60之薄型化之觀點而言,較佳為成為130MPa以下,更佳為成為100MPa以下。 In the optical films 40, 50, and 60, the shear loss modulus G" in the frequency region of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less at 25 ° C is 3 MPa or more and 150 MPa or less. If the shear loss modulus G" of the optical film is When the pressure is 3 MPa or more, the decrease in impact absorption performance can be suppressed. When the shear loss modulus G" of the optical films 40, 50, and 60 is 150 MPa or less, the hardness of the resin layer 41 can be suppressed from decreasing. The lower limit of the shear loss modulus G" of the optical film 40 is preferably 20 MPa. In addition, the upper limit of the shear loss modulus G" of the optical film 40 is preferably 130 MPa or less, and more preferably 100 MPa or less from the viewpoint of the reduction in thickness of the optical films 40, 50, and 60.

剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"可藉由動態黏彈性測定裝置(DMA)進行測定。於藉由動態黏彈性測定裝置(DMA)測定光學膜40之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"時,首先,將光學膜40沖裁為10mm×5mm之長方形狀而獲得樣品。繼而,準備2片該樣品,安裝於作為動態黏彈性測定裝置(製品名「Rheogel-E4000」,UBM股份有限公司製造)之選項之固體剪切用夾具。具體而言,如圖8所示,固體剪切用夾具70具備厚度1mm之1片金屬製固體剪切板(中板)及配置於該固體剪切板71之兩側之2個L型金屬件72(外板),於該固體剪切板71與一L型金屬件72之間夾著一樣品,且於固體剪切板71與另一L型金屬件72之間夾著另一樣品。於此情形時,以樹脂層成為固體剪切板51側、功能層成為L型金屬件72側之方式夾著樣品S。繼而,利用螺釘53將L型金屬件72間緊固,固定樣品S。繼而,於在動態黏彈性測定裝置(製品名 「Rheogel-E4000」,UBM股份有限公司製造)安裝由上部夾頭及下部夾頭所構成之拉伸試驗用夾頭後,於上部夾頭與下部夾頭之間以夾頭間距離20mm安裝固體剪切用夾具。夾頭間距離為上部夾頭與下部夾頭之間之距離。繼而,將設定溫度設為25℃並以2℃/min升溫。於該狀態下,一面固定固體剪切板71一面對2個L型金屬件72施加應變量1%且頻率500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之範圍之縱向振動,一面進行在25℃之固體之動態黏彈性測定,測定光學膜40、50、60之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"。此處,光學膜之於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"係設為藉由如下方式獲得之值,即,對L型金屬件分別施加頻率500Hz、750Hz、950Hz之縱向振動,於各頻率下測定光學膜之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G",求出該等剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"之算術平均值,進而將該測定重複3次,將分別獲得之3個算術平均值進一步進行算術平均。再者,於上述中,設為500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之原因在於,該頻率區域之頻率係使物體自數cm之高度自由落下時光學膜之正面變形數微米至數十微米之頻率,且係對存在於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置之內部之顯示面板等造成損傷之頻率。 The shear storage modulus G' and the shear loss modulus G" can be measured by a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (DMA). The shear storage modulus of the optical film 40 is measured by a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (DMA). In the case of G' and the shear loss modulus G", first, the optical film 40 was punched out into a rectangular shape of 10 mm × 5 mm to obtain a sample. Then, two samples of the sample were prepared and attached to a solid-shearing jig which is an option of a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (product name "Rheogel-E4000", manufactured by UBM Co., Ltd.). Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8 , the solid shearing jig 70 includes a single metal solid shearing plate (middle plate) having a thickness of 1 mm and two L-shaped metals disposed on both sides of the solid shearing plate 71 . a piece 72 (outer plate), a sample is sandwiched between the solid shearing plate 71 and an L-shaped metal piece 72, and another sample is sandwiched between the solid shearing plate 71 and the other L-shaped metal piece 72. . In this case, the sample S is sandwiched so that the resin layer becomes the solid shearing plate 51 side and the functional layer becomes the L-shaped metal member 72 side. Then, the L-shaped metal members 72 are fastened by screws 53 to fix the sample S. Then, after the tensile test collet composed of the upper chuck and the lower chuck is attached to the dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (product name "Rheogel-E4000", manufactured by UBM Co., Ltd.), the upper chuck and the lower portion are attached. A solid shearing jig was installed between the chucks at a distance of 20 mm between the chucks. The distance between the chucks is the distance between the upper and lower chucks. Then, the set temperature was set to 25 ° C and the temperature was raised at 2 ° C / min. In this state, the solid-state shearing plate 71 is applied to the two L-shaped metal members 72 to apply a vertical strain of 1% of the strain amount and a frequency of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less, and the dynamic viscosity of the solid at 25 ° C is performed. For the elastic measurement, the shear storage modulus G' and the shear loss modulus G" of the optical films 40, 50, and 60 are measured. Here, the shear storage modulus G of the optical film in the frequency region of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less 'and the shear loss modulus G' is a value obtained by applying longitudinal vibrations of frequencies of 500 Hz, 750 Hz, and 950 Hz to the L-shaped metal members, and measuring the shear storage of the optical film at each frequency. The modulus G′ and the shear loss modulus G′′ are obtained, and the arithmetic mean of the shear storage modulus G′ and the shear loss modulus G′ is obtained, and the measurement is repeated three times, and the obtained three are respectively obtained. The arithmetic mean is further arithmetically averaged. Further, in the above, the frequency region of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less is used because the frequency of the frequency region is such that the front surface of the optical film is deformed by several micrometers to several tens of micrometers when the object is free to fall from a height of several cm. And the frequency of damage to the display panel or the like which exists in the interior of the image display device with respect to the optical film.

光學膜40、50、60之物性等除上述以外,與光學膜10之物性等相同,因此此處省略說明。 The physical properties of the optical films 40, 50, and 60 are the same as those of the optical film 10 except for the above, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

<<樹脂層>> <<Resin layer>>

樹脂層41係由具有透光性之樹脂所構成之層。樹脂層41係具有衝擊吸收性之層。樹脂層亦可成為由2個以上之樹脂層所構成之多層構造。 The resin layer 41 is a layer composed of a resin having light transmissivity. The resin layer 41 is a layer having impact absorption. The resin layer may have a multilayer structure composed of two or more resin layers.

樹脂層41之膜厚成為50μm以上且300μm以下。若樹脂層41之膜厚為50μm以上,則可抑制樹脂層41之硬度降低,又,若為300μm以下,則可實現薄型化,且加工性亦不會劣化。樹脂層41之膜厚係使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM)拍攝樹脂層41之剖面,於該剖面之影像中測定20個部位之樹脂層41 之膜厚,採用該20個部位之膜厚之算術平均值。樹脂層41之下限更佳為60μm以上,樹脂層41之上限更佳為150μm以下,進而較佳為100μm以下。 The film thickness of the resin layer 41 is 50 μm or more and 300 μm or less. When the film thickness of the resin layer 41 is 50 μm or more, the hardness of the resin layer 41 can be suppressed from being lowered, and if it is 300 μm or less, the thickness can be reduced, and the workability is not deteriorated. The film thickness of the resin layer 41 is a cross section of the resin layer 41 by a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the film thickness of the resin layer 41 at 20 locations is measured in the image of the cross section, and the film thickness of the 20 portions is calculated. average value. The lower limit of the resin layer 41 is more preferably 60 μm or more, and the upper limit of the resin layer 41 is more preferably 150 μm or less, and further preferably 100 μm or less.

構成樹脂層41之樹脂只要為如光學膜40之在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"成為上述範圍內之樹脂,則並無特別限定。作為此種樹脂,可列舉:丙烯酸系凝膠、胺酯系凝膠、聚矽氧系凝膠、胺酯系樹脂、環氧系樹脂等。於該等中,較佳為丙烯酸系凝膠。所謂「凝膠」,一般係指於高黏度下失去流動性之分散系統。再者,樹脂層41除含有丙烯酸系凝膠或胺酯系樹脂等以外,亦可含有橡膠或熱塑性彈性體。 The resin constituting the resin layer 41 is a resin in which the shear storage modulus G' and the shear loss modulus G" in the frequency region of the optical film 40 at 25 ° C and 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less are within the above range. The resin is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an acrylic gel, an amine ester gel, a polyoxygen gel, an amine ester resin, and an epoxy resin. Among these, it is preferably Acrylic gel. The term "gel" generally refers to a dispersion system that loses fluidity at high viscosity. Further, the resin layer 41 may contain a rubber or a thermoplastic elastomer in addition to an acrylic gel or an amine ester resin.

(丙烯酸系凝膠) (acrylic gel)

作為丙烯酸系凝膠,只要為用於黏著劑等之使含有丙烯酸酯之單體聚合而成之聚合物,則可使用各種。具體而言,作為丙烯酸系凝膠,例如可使用使(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異肉豆蔻酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異硬脂酯等丙烯酸系單體聚合或共聚而成者。於本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」係包括「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」之兩者之含義。再者,上述(共)聚合時使用之丙烯酸酯除單獨使用以外,亦可併用2種以上。 The acrylic gel can be used as long as it is a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing an acrylate for an adhesive or the like. Specifically, as the acrylic gel, for example, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, ( Isobutyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, n-hexyl (meth) acrylate, n-pentyl (meth) acrylate, isoamyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) Octyl acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, isomyristyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, (A) Polymerized or copolymerized with an acrylic monomer such as isodecyl acrylate, tridecyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate or isostearyl (meth) acrylate. In the present specification, the term "(meth)acrylate" means both "acrylate" and "methacrylate". Further, the acrylate to be used in the above (co)polymerization may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(胺酯系樹脂) (amine ester resin)

胺酯系樹脂係具有胺酯鍵之樹脂。作為胺酯系樹脂,可列舉電離放射線硬化性胺酯系樹脂組成物之硬化物或熱硬化性胺酯系樹脂組成物之硬化物等。於 該等中,就可獲得高硬度、硬化速度亦較快而量產性優異之觀點而言,較佳為電離放射線硬化性胺酯系樹脂組成物之硬化物。 The amine ester resin is a resin having an amine ester bond. The amine ester-based resin may, for example, be a cured product of an ionizing radiation curable amine ester resin composition or a cured product of a thermosetting amine ester resin composition. Among these, a cured product of an ionizing radiation curable amine ester-based resin composition is preferred because it has high hardness and a high curing rate and excellent mass productivity.

電離放射線硬化性胺酯系樹脂組成物含有(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯,熱硬化性胺酯系樹脂含有多元醇化合物與異氰酸酯化合物。(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯、多元醇化合物、及異氰酸酯化合物可為單體、低聚物、及預聚物之任一者。 The ionizing radiation curable amine ester resin composition contains (meth)acrylic acid amide, and the thermosetting amine ester resin contains a polyol compound and an isocyanate compound. The (meth)acrylic acid amide, the polyol compound, and the isocyanate compound may be any of a monomer, an oligomer, and a prepolymer.

(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯中之(甲基)丙烯醯基之數量(官能基數)較佳為2以上且4以下。若(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯中之(甲基)丙烯醯基之數量未達2,則有鉛筆硬度變低之虞,又,若超過4,則有硬化收縮變大,光學膜發生捲曲,又,彎曲時於樹脂層產生龜裂之虞。(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯中之(甲基)丙烯醯基之數量之上限更佳為3以下。再者,所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」係包括「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」之兩者之含義。 The number (functional group number) of the (meth) acrylonitrile group in the (meth) acrylate is preferably 2 or more and 4 or less. When the amount of the (meth)acrylonitrile group in the (meth)acrylic acid amide is less than 2, the pencil hardness is lowered, and if it exceeds 4, the curing shrinkage is large, and the optical film is curled. Further, cracks are generated in the resin layer during bending. The upper limit of the amount of the (meth) acrylonitrile group in the (meth) acrylate is more preferably 3 or less. In addition, the term "(meth)acrylonitrile" includes both "acryloyl" and "methacryl".

(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之重量平均分子量較佳為1500以上且20000以下。若(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之重量平均分子量未達1500,則有耐衝擊性降低之虞,又,若超過20000,則有電離放射線硬化性胺酯系樹脂組成物之黏度上升,塗敷性劣化之虞。(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之重量平均分子量之下限更佳為2000以上,上限更佳為15000以下。 The weight average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylate is preferably 1,500 or more and 20,000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylate is less than 1,500, the impact resistance is lowered, and if it exceeds 20,000, the viscosity of the ionizing radiation curable amine ester resin composition increases, and the coating property is improved. Deterioration. The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylate is more preferably 2,000 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 15,000 or less.

又,作為具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之結構之重複單位,例如可列舉下述通式(26)、(27)、(28)或(29)所表示之結構等。 In addition, examples of the repeating unit having a structure derived from (meth)acrylic acid amide include a structure represented by the following formula (26), (27), (28) or (29).

上述通式(26)中,R9表示支鏈狀烷基,R10表示支鏈狀烷基或飽和環狀脂肪族基,R11表示氫原子或甲基,R12表示氫原子、甲基或乙基,m表示0以上之 整數,x表示0~3之整數。 In the above formula (26), R 9 represents a branched alkyl group, R 10 represents a branched alkyl group or a saturated cyclic aliphatic group, R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Or ethyl, m represents an integer of 0 or more, and x represents an integer of 0-3.

上述通式(27)中,R9表示支鏈狀烷基,R10表示支鏈狀烷基或飽和環狀脂肪族基,R11表示氫原子或甲基,R12表示氫原子、甲基或乙基,n表示1以上之整數,x表示0~3之整數。 In the above formula (27), R 9 represents a branched alkyl group, R 10 represents a branched alkyl group or a saturated cyclic aliphatic group, R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Or an ethyl group, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and x represents an integer of 0 to 3.

上述通式(28)中,R9表示支鏈狀烷基,R10表示支鏈狀烷基或飽和環狀脂肪族基,R11表示氫原子或甲基,R12表示氫原子、甲基或乙基,m表示0以上之整數,x表示0~3之整數。 In the above formula (28), R 9 represents a branched alkyl group, R 10 represents a branched alkyl group or a saturated cyclic aliphatic group, R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Or ethyl, m represents an integer of 0 or more, and x represents an integer of 0-3.

上述通式(29)中,R9表示支鏈狀烷基,R10表示支鏈狀烷基或飽和環狀脂肪族基,R11表示氫原子或甲基,R12表示氫原子、甲基或乙基,n表示1以上之整數,x表示0~3之整數。 In the general formula (29), R 9 represents a branched chain alkyl group, R 10 represents a branched chain alkyl group or a saturated cyclic aliphatic group, R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group Or an ethyl group, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and x represents an integer of 0 to 3.

再者,構成樹脂層41之樹脂由何種結構之高分子鏈(重複單位)形成例如可藉由利用熱分解GC-MS及FT-IR對樹脂層41進行分析而判斷。尤其,熱分解GC-MS由於可偵測到樹脂層41中所含之單體單位作為單體成分,故而有用。 Further, the polymer chain (repetition unit) of the structure in which the resin constituting the resin layer 41 is formed can be determined, for example, by analyzing the resin layer 41 by thermal decomposition GC-MS and FT-IR. In particular, the thermal decomposition GC-MS is useful because it can detect the monomer unit contained in the resin layer 41 as a monomer component.

關於樹脂層41,只要光學膜40、50、60之在25℃並於500Hz以 上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"成為上述範圍內,則亦可含有紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑、防污劑、無機粒子及/或有機粒子等。紫外線吸收劑等可使用與功能層12之欄中所說明之紫外線吸收劑等相同者,因此此處省略說明。 Regarding the resin layer 41, as long as the shear storage modulus G' and the shear loss modulus G" of the optical films 40, 50, 60 at 25 ° C and in the frequency region of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less are within the above range, The ultraviolet absorber, the spectroscopic transmittance adjuster, the antifouling agent, the inorganic particles, and/or the organic particles may be contained. The ultraviolet absorber or the like may be the same as the ultraviolet absorber described in the column of the functional layer 12, and therefore Description is omitted here.

<<<影像顯示裝置>>> <<<Image Display Device>>

光學膜10、30、40、50、60可組入至可摺疊之影像顯示裝置而使用。圖9係本實施形態之影像顯示裝置之概略構成圖。如圖9所示,影像顯示裝置80朝向觀察者側主要依序積層有收納電池等之殼體81、保護膜82、顯示元件83、圓偏光板84、觸控感測器85、及光學膜10。於顯示元件83與圓偏光板84之間、圓偏光板84與觸控感測器85之間、觸控感測器85與光學膜10之間配置有具有透光性之黏著層86,該等構件藉由黏著層86而相互固定。再者,黏著層86係配置於顯示元件83與圓偏光板84之間、圓偏光板84與觸控感測器85之間、觸控感測器85與光學膜10之間,但黏著層之配置部位只要為光學膜與顯示元件之間,則並無特別限定。 The optical films 10, 30, 40, 50, 60 can be incorporated into a collapsible image display device for use. Fig. 9 is a schematic configuration diagram of a video display device of the embodiment. As shown in FIG. 9, the image display device 80 is mainly provided with a casing 81 for accommodating a battery or the like, a protective film 82, a display element 83, a circularly polarizing plate 84, a touch sensor 85, and an optical film. 10. An adhesive layer 86 having a light transmissive property is disposed between the display element 83 and the circular polarizing plate 84, between the circular polarizing plate 84 and the touch sensor 85, and between the touch sensor 85 and the optical film 10. The members are fixed to each other by the adhesive layer 86. Furthermore, the adhesive layer 86 is disposed between the display element 83 and the circular polarizing plate 84, between the circular polarizing plate 84 and the touch sensor 85, between the touch sensor 85 and the optical film 10, but the adhesive layer The arrangement portion is not particularly limited as long as it is between the optical film and the display element.

光學膜10以功能層12成為較樹脂基材11更靠觀察者側之方式配置。於影像顯示裝置80中,光學膜10之正面10A(功能層12之正面12A)構成影像顯示裝置80之正面80A。 The optical film 10 is disposed such that the functional layer 12 is closer to the viewer than the resin substrate 11. In the image display device 80, the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 (the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12) constitutes the front surface 80A of the image display device 80.

於影像顯示裝置80中,顯示元件83成為含有有機發光二極體等之有機發光二極體元件。觸控感測器85配置於較圓偏光板84更靠觀察者側,但亦可配置於顯示元件83與圓偏光板84之間。又,觸控感測器85亦可為表嵌方式或內嵌方式。作為黏著層86,例如可使用OCA(Optical Clear Adhesive)。 In the video display device 80, the display element 83 is an organic light emitting diode element including an organic light emitting diode or the like. The touch sensor 85 is disposed on the observer side of the circular polarizing plate 84, but may be disposed between the display element 83 and the circular polarizing plate 84. Moreover, the touch sensor 85 can also be in a surface-embedded manner or an in-line manner. As the adhesive layer 86, for example, OCA (Optical Clear Adhesive) can be used.

根據本實施形態,使用由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、及聚酯系樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成之樹脂基材11,且於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間設置有鄰接於功能層12之光 學調整層13,因此可摺疊並且可抑制干涉條紋之產生。 According to the present embodiment, one or more resins selected from the group consisting of a polyimine-based resin, a polyamidamine-based resin, a polyamide resin, and a polyester resin are used. The resin substrate 11 is provided with an optical adjustment layer 13 adjacent to the functional layer 12 between the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12, so that it can be folded and the generation of interference fringes can be suppressed.

於光學膜之背面成為樹脂基材之情形時,由於樹脂基材與空氣層接觸,故而於樹脂基材與空氣層之界面之反射變大,由此有透光率降低之虞。尤其,於使用由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、及聚酯系樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成之樹脂基材作為樹脂基材之情形時,由於該等樹脂基材之折射率相對較高,故而容易產生界面反射。相對於此,於本實施形態中,由於在樹脂基材11之第2面11B設置有折射率高於1.000且低於樹脂基材11之折射率之光學調整層15,故而與樹脂基材與空氣層接觸時相比,可減少界面反射,可降低光反射率。藉此,可提高光學膜10、30之透光率。 When the back surface of the optical film is a resin substrate, since the resin substrate is in contact with the air layer, the reflection at the interface between the resin substrate and the air layer is increased, whereby the light transmittance is lowered. In particular, a resin group composed of one or more resins selected from the group consisting of a polyimine-based resin, a polyamidamine-based resin, a polyamide resin, and a polyester resin is used. When the material is used as a resin substrate, since the refractive index of the resin substrate is relatively high, interface reflection is likely to occur. On the other hand, in the second embodiment of the resin substrate 11, the optical adjustment layer 15 having a refractive index higher than 1.000 and lower than the refractive index of the resin substrate 11 is provided on the second surface 11B of the resin substrate 11, so that the resin substrate and the resin substrate are When the air layer is in contact, the interface reflection can be reduced, and the light reflectance can be reduced. Thereby, the light transmittance of the optical films 10 and 30 can be improved.

又,於光學調整層15含有抗靜電劑之情形時,由於光學膜10、30、50、60於樹脂基材11之第1面11A側具備作為抗靜電硬塗層之功能層12,於樹脂基材11之第2面11B側具備含有抗靜電劑之光學調整層15,故而可抑制灰塵等附著於光學膜10、30、50、60。又,於此情形時,於在光學膜10、30、50、60之兩面貼附有保護膜(未圖示)之狀態下,即便將保護膜自光學膜10、30、50、60剝離,亦可抑制光學膜10、30、50、60之帶電。藉此,可提高影像顯示裝置之組裝步驟之良率。 Further, when the optical adjustment layer 15 contains an antistatic agent, the optical films 10, 30, 50, and 60 have the functional layer 12 as an antistatic hard coat layer on the first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11, in the resin. Since the optical adjustment layer 15 containing an antistatic agent is provided on the second surface 11B side of the substrate 11, it is possible to suppress adhesion of dust or the like to the optical films 10, 30, 50, and 60. Further, in this case, even if a protective film (not shown) is attached to both surfaces of the optical films 10, 30, 50, and 60, even if the protective film is peeled off from the optical films 10, 30, 50, and 60, The charging of the optical films 10, 30, 50, 60 can also be suppressed. Thereby, the yield of the assembly step of the image display device can be improved.

對於用於可摺疊之影像顯示裝置之光學膜,由於有對光學膜之正面施加衝擊之情況,故而有要求耐衝擊性之情況。此處,於對光學膜之正面施加衝擊時,有光學膜之正面凹陷之情況,又,有於影像顯示裝置中存在於較光學膜更靠內部之顯示面板(例如有機發光二極體面板)等構件受損之情況。關於光學膜之正面之凹陷,有由光學膜自身所產生之凹陷與由如配置於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置之內部之黏著層之柔軟層所產生之凹陷。所謂「由光學膜自身所產生之凹陷」係指於對光學膜之正面施加衝擊時,因該衝擊而導致光學 膜自身發生變形,由此產生之凹陷,所謂「由柔軟層所產生之凹陷」係指由於該層柔軟,故而於對光學膜之正面施加衝擊時配置於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置內部之柔軟層發生塑性變形,光學膜追隨於柔軟層之塑性變形,由此產生之凹陷。因此,當前,於光學膜中,較佳為於對光學膜之正面施加衝擊時,抑制由光學膜自身所產生之凹陷及由柔軟層所產生之凹陷,且可獲得如存在於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置之內部之構件不受到損傷之優異之耐衝擊性。此處,作為表示衝擊吸收性能之指標,先前已知有剪切損耗正切tanδ。因此,亦考慮以剪切損耗正切tanδ表示於樹脂基材之第1面側具備功能層且於第2面側具備樹脂層的構造之光學膜之耐衝擊性,但關於剪切損耗正切tanδ,於對光學膜之正面(功能層之表面)施加有衝擊時無法抑制由光學膜自身所產生之光學膜表面之凹陷及由柔軟層所產生之光學膜之正面之凹陷、與位於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置之內部之構件之損傷。認為其原因在於,剪切損耗正切tanδ為剪切損耗模數G"與剪切儲存模數G'之比(G"/G')。本發明者等人進而反覆銳意研究,結果發現,為了抑制對光學膜之正面施加衝擊時之由光學膜自身所產生之表面凹陷及由柔軟層所產生之表面凹陷、與位於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置內部之構件之損傷,重要的是樹脂層之膜厚、剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"之平衡。根據本實施形態,於在樹脂基材11之第1面11A側具備功能層12且於第2面11B側具備樹脂層41的構造之光學膜40、50、60中,樹脂層41之膜厚變薄為50μm以上且300μm以下,光學膜40之上述剪切儲存模數G'超過200MPa且為1200MPa以下,且光學膜40之上述剪切損耗模數G"成為3MPa以上且150MPa以下,因此可摺疊,並且於對光學膜40之正面40A施加衝擊之情形時可抑制由光學膜40、50、60自身所產生之正面40A、50A、60A之凹陷及由存在於較光學膜40、50、60更靠影像顯示裝置內部之柔軟層所產生之光學膜40、50、60之正面40A、50A、60A之凹陷,並且可抑制位於影像顯示裝置內部之顯示元件83等構件之 損傷。藉此,可獲得優異之耐衝擊性。 In the case of an optical film used for a foldable image display device, since impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film, impact resistance is required. Here, when an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film, there is a case where the front surface of the optical film is recessed, and a display panel (for example, an organic light-emitting diode panel) which is present inside the optical film in the image display device. And other components are damaged. Regarding the depression of the front surface of the optical film, there are recesses generated by the optical film itself and depressions caused by a soft layer such as an adhesive layer disposed inside the image display device. The "depression generated by the optical film itself" refers to a depression caused by the impact of the optical film itself when an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film, and the "depression caused by the soft layer" It is meant that since the layer is soft, the soft layer disposed inside the image display device is plastically deformed when an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film, and the optical film follows the plastic deformation of the soft layer, thereby causing the depression. . Therefore, in the optical film, it is preferable to suppress the depression generated by the optical film itself and the depression generated by the soft layer when an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film, and it is possible to obtain a film which is present in the optical film. The components inside the image display device are excellent in impact resistance without damage. Here, as an index indicating the impact absorption performance, a shear loss tangent tan δ has been previously known. Therefore, the shear loss tangent tan δ is also considered to have the impact resistance of the optical film having the functional layer on the first surface side of the resin substrate and the resin layer on the second surface side, but the shear loss tangent tan δ, When an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film (the surface of the functional layer), it is impossible to suppress the depression of the surface of the optical film produced by the optical film itself, the depression of the front surface of the optical film produced by the soft layer, and the presence of the optical film. The damage of the components inside the device is shown by the image. The reason is considered to be that the shear loss tangent tan δ is the ratio of the shear loss modulus G" to the shear storage modulus G' (G"/G'). The inventors of the present invention have repeatedly conducted intensive studies, and as a result, found that in order to suppress the application of an impact to the front surface of the optical film, the surface depression caused by the optical film itself and the surface depression caused by the soft layer are more dependent on the optical film. The damage of the members inside the image display device is mainly the balance between the film thickness of the resin layer, the shear storage modulus G', and the shear loss modulus G". According to the present embodiment, it is the first in the resin substrate 11. In the optical films 40, 50, and 60 having the functional layer 12 on the surface 11A side and having the resin layer 41 on the second surface 11B side, the thickness of the resin layer 41 is reduced to 50 μm or more and 300 μm or less, and the optical film 40 is as described above. The shear storage modulus G' exceeds 200 MPa and is 1200 MPa or less, and the shear loss modulus G" of the optical film 40 becomes 3 MPa or more and 150 MPa or less, so that it can be folded and impact is applied to the front surface 40A of the optical film 40. In this case, the depressions of the front faces 40A, 50A, 60A produced by the optical films 40, 50, 60 themselves and the optical films produced by the soft layers existing in the optical film 40, 50, 60 and further inside the image display device can be suppressed. 40, 50, 60 front 40A The depressions of 50A and 60A can suppress damage of members such as the display member 83 located inside the image display device. Thereby, excellent impact resistance can be obtained.

[第2實施形態] [Second Embodiment]

以下,參照圖式對本發明之第2實施形態之光學膜及影像顯示裝置進行說明。圖10係本實施形態之光學膜之概略構成圖,圖11係本實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖,圖12係本實施形態之影像顯示裝置之概略構成圖。 Hereinafter, an optical film and a video display device according to a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Fig. 10 is a schematic configuration diagram of an optical film of the embodiment, Fig. 11 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of the embodiment, and Fig. 12 is a schematic configuration diagram of the image display device of the embodiment.

<<<光學膜>>> <<<Optical film>>>

圖10所示之光學膜90係用於影像顯示裝置者,並可摺疊。 The optical film 90 shown in Fig. 10 is used for an image display device and can be folded.

光學膜90具備:透光性基材91;第1抗靜電層92(以下有時亦簡稱為抗靜電層92),其設置於透光性基材91之一面即第1面91A側;及第2抗靜電層93(以下有時亦簡稱為抗靜電層93),其設置於透光性基材91之與第1面91A為相反側之面即第2面91B側。再者,亦可於透光性基材91與抗靜電層92之間及透光性基材91與抗靜電層93之間之至少任一者具備功能層。 The optical film 90 includes a light-transmitting substrate 91 and a first antistatic layer 92 (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as an antistatic layer 92), which is provided on the first surface 91A side which is one surface of the light-transmitting substrate 91; The second antistatic layer 93 (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as the antistatic layer 93) is provided on the side of the second surface 91B which is the surface opposite to the first surface 91A of the light-transmitting substrate 91. Further, at least one of the light-transmitting substrate 91 and the antistatic layer 92 and between the light-transmitting substrate 91 and the antistatic layer 93 may be provided with a functional layer.

亦可於抗靜電層92、93之與透光性基材91側之面為相反側之面貼附有保護膜。但是,由於保護膜係於使用時被剝離者,故而保護膜不視為構成光學膜之一部分。再者,本說明書中之光學膜90之物性值等係未設置保護膜之狀態下之值。 A protective film may be attached to the surface of the antistatic layers 92 and 93 on the opposite side to the surface on the side of the light-transmitting substrate 91. However, since the protective film is peeled off during use, the protective film is not considered to constitute a part of the optical film. In addition, the physical property value of the optical film 90 in this specification is a value in the state in which the protective film is not provided.

於圖10中,光學膜90之正面90A成為抗靜電層92之正面92A。光學膜90之背面90B成為抗靜電層93之與透光性基材91側之面為相反側之面93A。 In FIG. 10, the front surface 90A of the optical film 90 becomes the front surface 92A of the antistatic layer 92. The back surface 90B of the optical film 90 serves as a surface 93A of the antistatic layer 93 opposite to the surface on the side of the light-transmitting substrate 91.

光學膜90可摺疊,具體而言,較佳為即便於對光學膜90反覆進行10萬次接下來說明之摺疊試驗(連續摺疊試驗)之情形時,亦不會於光學膜90產生破裂或斷裂,更佳為即便於反覆進行20萬次連續摺疊試驗之情形時亦不會於光學膜90產生破裂或斷裂,進而較佳為即便於反覆進行100萬次之情形時亦不會於光學膜90產生破裂或斷裂。於對光學膜90反覆進行10萬次連續摺疊試驗之情形時,若於光學膜90產生破裂等,則光學膜90之摺疊性變得不充分。連 續摺疊試驗可如以抗靜電層92成為內側之方式摺疊光學膜90般進行,又,亦可如以抗靜電層92成為外側之方式摺疊光學膜90般進行,較佳為於任一情形時光學膜均不產生破裂或斷裂。連續摺疊試驗係藉由與第1實施形態相同之方法進行,但於本實施形態之連續摺疊試驗中,於將邊部之間隔設為3mm之狀態下進行。 The optical film 90 can be folded, and specifically, it is preferable that the optical film 90 does not crack or break even when the optical film 90 is repeatedly subjected to a folding test (continuous folding test) described 100,000 times. More preferably, even if the continuous folding test is repeated 200,000 times, the optical film 90 does not crack or break, and it is preferable that the optical film 90 is not formed even if it is repeated one million times. Produces cracks or breaks. When the optical film 90 is subjected to a continuous folding test for 100,000 times, if the optical film 90 is cracked or the like, the folding property of the optical film 90 is insufficient. The continuous folding test may be performed by folding the optical film 90 such that the antistatic layer 92 is inside, or may be performed by folding the optical film 90 such that the antistatic layer 92 is outside, preferably in either case. None of the optical films are cracked or broken. The continuous folding test was carried out in the same manner as in the first embodiment. However, in the continuous folding test of the present embodiment, the interval between the side portions was set to 3 mm.

藉由與第1實施形態相同之方法,對光學膜90進行於70℃靜置240小時之摺疊靜置試驗後,解除摺疊狀態,於在室溫下於30分鐘後對光學膜90測定開度角θ之情形時,光學膜90之開度角θ較佳為100°以上。摺疊靜置試驗可如以抗靜電層92成為內側之方式摺疊光學膜90般進行,又,亦可如以抗靜電層92成為外側之方式摺疊光學膜90般進行,較佳為於任一情形時,開度角θ均為100°以上。 The optical film 90 was subjected to a folding and standing test at 70 ° C for 240 hours in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and then the folded state was released, and the optical film 90 was measured for opening after 30 minutes at room temperature. In the case of the angle θ, the opening angle θ of the optical film 90 is preferably 100° or more. The folding and standing test may be performed by folding the optical film 90 such that the antistatic layer 92 is inside, or may be performed by folding the optical film 90 such that the antistatic layer 92 is outside, preferably in any case. When the opening angle θ is 100° or more.

光學膜90之正面90A及背面90B之表面電阻值較佳為1012Ω/□以下。表面電阻值設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測定者。 The surface resistance of the front surface 90A and the back surface 90B of the optical film 90 is preferably 10 12 Ω/□ or less. The surface resistance value is measured by the same method as the method described in the first embodiment.

關於光學膜90之正面90A(抗靜電層92之正面92A),藉由JIS K5600-5-4:1999所規定之鉛筆硬度試驗測定時之硬度(鉛筆硬度)較佳為F以上,更佳為2H以上。鉛筆硬度試驗設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。 Regarding the front surface 90A of the optical film 90 (front surface 92A of the antistatic layer 92), the hardness (pencil hardness) measured by a pencil hardness test prescribed by JIS K5600-5-4:1999 is preferably F or more, more preferably 2H or more. The pencil hardness test was carried out by the same method as the method described in the first embodiment.

於光學膜90中,就與第1實施形態所記載之原因相同之原因而言,較佳為於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自距光學膜90之正面90A為50mm之距離施加10kV之電壓時之光學膜90之正面90A之飽和帶電壓超過0kV。飽和帶電壓設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。上述飽和帶電壓之絕對值之下限更佳為0.1kV以上,上述飽和帶電壓之絕對值之上限更佳為1.0kV以下。 In the optical film 90, for the same reason as described in the first embodiment, it is preferable to apply a distance of 50 mm from the front surface 90A of the optical film 90 in an environment of 23 ° C and a relative humidity of 50%. The saturation band voltage of the front surface 90A of the optical film 90 at a voltage of 10 kV exceeds 0 kV. The saturation band voltage is measured by the same method as the method described in the first embodiment. The lower limit of the absolute value of the saturation band voltage is preferably 0.1 kV or more, and the upper limit of the absolute value of the saturation band voltage is preferably 1.0 kV or less.

關於光學膜90,就與第1實施形態所記載之原因相同之原因而 言,較佳為黃色指數(YI)為15以下。黃色指數設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。光學膜90之黃色指數(YI)之上限更佳為未達10,最佳為未達1.5。 The optical film 90 preferably has a yellow index (YI) of 15 or less for the same reason as described in the first embodiment. The yellow index is measured by the same method as the method described in the first embodiment. The upper limit of the yellow index (YI) of the optical film 90 is preferably less than 10, and most preferably less than 1.5.

自抗靜電層93側朝向光學膜90,以入射角度0°照射於波長300nm以上且780nm以下之區域具有連續光譜之光,求出穿透光學膜90之光(穿透光)之L*a*b*表色系之色座標a*、b*,此時較佳為a*為-5以上且+5以下,b*為-5以上且+5以下。若a*及b*分別位於上述範圍內,則於將光學膜用於行動終端之情形時,影像之黃色調變得不顯眼。a*及b*設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。 The antistatic layer 93 side faces the optical film 90, and has a continuous spectrum of light irradiated at a wavelength of 300 nm or more and 780 nm or less at an incident angle of 0°, and L * a of light (penetrating light) penetrating the optical film 90 is obtained . * b * color coordinates a * and b * of the color system. In this case, it is preferable that a * is -5 or more and +5 or less, and b * is -5 or more and +5 or less. If a * and b * are within the above range, the optical film is used in the case of the mobile terminal, a yellow tone of the image becomes inconspicuous. a * and b * are measured by the same method as the method described in the first embodiment.

關於光學膜90之霧度值(總霧度值),就與第1實施形態所記載之原因相同之原因而言,較佳為2.5%以下。上述霧度值設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。上述霧度值更佳為1.5%以下,更佳為1.0%以下。 The haze value (total haze value) of the optical film 90 is preferably 2.5% or less for the same reason as described in the first embodiment. The haze value is measured by the same method as the method described in the first embodiment. The haze value is more preferably 1.5% or less, still more preferably 1.0% or less.

光學膜90之波長380nm~780nm之光之視感反射率(反射Y值)較佳為15%以下。若光學膜之上述視感反射率為8%以下,則於將光學膜用於行動終端之情形時,反射光較少而變得容易視認。上述視感反射率係使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造,光源:鎢絲燈及氘燈),自光學膜之正面側照射波長380nm~780nm之光,由自光學膜反射之波長380nm~780nm之光進行測定。具體而言,自切成5cm×10cm之大小之光學膜之正面側照射入射角度5度之光,接受由光學膜反射之正反射方向之反射光,測定380nm~780nm之波長範圍之反射率,其後,藉由以人眼所感受到之亮度進行換算之軟體(例如內置於UV-2450之軟體)算出視感反射率。上述視感反射率更佳為10%以下,進而較佳為3%以下。 The optical reflectance (reflection Y value) of the light having a wavelength of 380 nm to 780 nm of the optical film 90 is preferably 15% or less. When the above-described visual reflectance of the optical film is 8% or less, when the optical film is used for a mobile terminal, the amount of reflected light is small and it is easy to visually recognize. The above-mentioned visual reflectance is a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, light source: tungsten lamp and xenon lamp), and light having a wavelength of 380 nm to 780 nm is irradiated from the front side of the optical film. The light having a wavelength of 380 nm to 780 nm reflected by the optical film was measured. Specifically, the front side of the optical film cut into a size of 5 cm × 10 cm is irradiated with light having an incident angle of 5 degrees, and the reflected light reflected by the optical film in the direction of normal reflection is measured, and the reflectance in the wavelength range of 380 nm to 780 nm is measured. Thereafter, the visual reflectance is calculated by a soft body (for example, a soft body built in UV-2450) that is converted by the brightness perceived by the human eye. The above-mentioned visual reflectance is more preferably 10% or less, still more preferably 3% or less.

光學膜90之其他物性、用途、及大小亦與光學膜10相同,因此 此處省略說明。 The other physical properties, uses, and sizes of the optical film 90 are also the same as those of the optical film 10, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

<<透光性基材>> <<Light transmissive substrate>>

透光性基材91係由具有透光性之樹脂所構成之基材。關於透光性基材91之厚度,就與第1實施形態所記載之原因相同之原因而言,較佳為10μm以上且100μm以下。透光性基材91之厚度設為藉由與樹脂基材11之厚度相同之方法而測得者。透光性基材91之下限更佳為25μm以上,透光性基材91之上限更佳為80μm以下。 The light-transmitting substrate 91 is a substrate made of a resin having light transmissivity. The thickness of the light-transmitting substrate 91 is preferably 10 μm or more and 100 μm or less for the same reason as described in the first embodiment. The thickness of the light-transmitting substrate 91 is measured by the same method as the thickness of the resin substrate 11. The lower limit of the light-transmitting substrate 91 is more preferably 25 μm or more, and the upper limit of the light-transmitting substrate 91 is more preferably 80 μm or less.

透光性基材91較佳為樹脂基材。作為構成樹脂基材之樹脂,可使用與樹脂基材11相同之樹脂,因此此處省略說明。 The light-transmitting substrate 91 is preferably a resin substrate. As the resin constituting the resin substrate, the same resin as the resin substrate 11 can be used, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

<<第1抗靜電層>> <<1st antistatic layer>>

抗靜電層92係對光學膜90之正面90A賦予抗靜電性之層。抗靜電層92除抗靜電性以外,亦可具有抗靜電性以外之功能。抗靜電層92除抗靜電性以外,具有硬塗性。即,抗靜電層92成為抗靜電硬塗層。抗靜電硬塗層係具有抗靜電性之硬塗層。 The antistatic layer 92 is a layer that imparts antistatic properties to the front surface 90A of the optical film 90. The antistatic layer 92 may have functions other than antistatic properties in addition to antistatic properties. The antistatic layer 92 has hard coat properties in addition to antistatic properties. That is, the antistatic layer 92 becomes an antistatic hard coat layer. The antistatic hard coat layer is a hard coat layer having an antistatic property.

關於抗靜電層92,較佳為抗靜電層92之剖面中央之馬氏硬度為500MPa以上且2000MPa以下。若抗靜電層92之馬氏硬度為500MPa以上,則可獲得作為抗靜電硬塗層充分之硬度,又,若為2000MPa以下,則可獲得良好之光學膜之摺疊性能。抗靜電層92之剖面中央之馬氏硬度之下限較佳為600MPa以上,上限較佳為1500MPa以下。抗靜電層92之馬氏硬度設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。 The antistatic layer 92 preferably has a Martens hardness of 500 MPa or more and 2000 MPa or less in the center of the cross section of the antistatic layer 92. When the Martens hardness of the antistatic layer 92 is 500 MPa or more, a sufficient hardness as an antistatic hard coat layer can be obtained, and if it is 2000 MPa or less, a good optical film folding performance can be obtained. The lower limit of the Martens hardness of the center of the cross section of the antistatic layer 92 is preferably 600 MPa or more, and the upper limit is preferably 1500 MPa or less. The Martens hardness of the antistatic layer 92 is measured by the same method as the method described in the first embodiment.

抗靜電層92之膜厚較佳為1μm以上且50μm以下。若抗靜電層92之膜厚為1μm以上,則可獲得作為抗靜電硬塗層充分之硬度,又,若為50μm以下,則可抑制加工性之劣化。本說明書中所謂「抗靜電層之膜厚」係指於抗靜電層成為多層構造之情形時合計各抗靜電層之膜厚所獲得之膜厚(總 厚)。抗靜電層92之膜厚設為藉由與功能層12之膜厚相同之方法而測得者。抗靜電層92之上限更佳為40μm以下,進而較佳為30μm以下。 The film thickness of the antistatic layer 92 is preferably 1 μm or more and 50 μm or less. When the film thickness of the antistatic layer 92 is 1 μm or more, sufficient hardness can be obtained as an antistatic hard coat layer, and if it is 50 μm or less, deterioration of workability can be suppressed. In the present specification, the "thickness of the antistatic layer" means a film thickness (total thickness) obtained by summing the film thicknesses of the respective antistatic layers when the antistatic layer has a multilayer structure. The film thickness of the antistatic layer 92 is measured by the same method as the film thickness of the functional layer 12. The upper limit of the antistatic layer 92 is more preferably 40 μm or less, and still more preferably 30 μm or less.

抗靜電層92含有黏合劑樹脂及存在於黏合劑樹脂中之抗靜電劑。抗靜電層92除含有黏合劑樹脂等以外,亦可視需要於無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有例如無機粒子或有機粒子等粒子、紫外線吸收劑、接著性提高劑、調平劑、觸變性賦予劑、偶合劑、塑化劑、消泡劑、填充劑、著色劑、填料等添加劑。 The antistatic layer 92 contains a binder resin and an antistatic agent present in the binder resin. In addition to the binder resin or the like, the antistatic layer 92 may contain, for example, particles such as inorganic particles or organic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, adhesion improvers, leveling agents, and thixotropy in the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention. Additives such as agents, coupling agents, plasticizers, defoamers, fillers, colorants, fillers, and the like.

<黏合劑樹脂> <Binder resin>

黏合劑樹脂與功能層12之欄中所說明之黏合劑樹脂相同,因此此處省略說明。 The binder resin is the same as the binder resin described in the column of the functional layer 12, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

<抗靜電劑> <antistatic agent>

抗靜電劑與功能層12之欄中所說明之抗靜電劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The antistatic agent is the same as the antistatic agent described in the column of the functional layer 12, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

抗靜電層92亦可進而含有紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑、及/或防污劑。紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑及防污劑與功能層12之欄中所說明之紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑及防污劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The antistatic layer 92 may further contain an ultraviolet absorber, a spectroscopic transmittance adjuster, and/or an antifouling agent. Since the ultraviolet absorber, the spectral transmittance adjusting agent, and the antifouling agent are the same as the ultraviolet absorber, the spectral transmittance adjusting agent, and the antifouling agent described in the column of the functional layer 12, description thereof will be omitted.

<<第2抗靜電層>> <<2nd antistatic layer>>

抗靜電層93係對光學膜90之背面90B賦予抗靜電性之層。抗靜電層93之膜厚較佳為1nm以上且0.5μm以下。若抗靜電層93之膜厚為1nm以上,則可獲得充分之抗靜電性能,又,若為0.5μm以下,則可抑制加工性之劣化。抗靜電層93之膜厚設為藉由與功能層12之膜厚相同之方法而測得者。 The antistatic layer 93 is a layer that imparts antistatic properties to the back surface 90B of the optical film 90. The film thickness of the antistatic layer 93 is preferably 1 nm or more and 0.5 μm or less. When the film thickness of the antistatic layer 93 is 1 nm or more, sufficient antistatic performance can be obtained, and if it is 0.5 μm or less, deterioration of workability can be suppressed. The film thickness of the antistatic layer 93 is measured by the same method as the film thickness of the functional layer 12.

若將抗靜電層93之膜厚設為40nm以上且90nm以下,則可使光學膜70之黃色指數降低,因此就色調調整之觀點而言,抗靜電層93之膜厚較佳為40nm以上且90nm以下。 When the film thickness of the antistatic layer 93 is 40 nm or more and 90 nm or less, the yellow index of the optical film 70 can be lowered. Therefore, the film thickness of the antistatic layer 93 is preferably 40 nm or more from the viewpoint of color tone adjustment. Below 90nm.

抗靜電層93含有抗靜電劑。抗靜電層93除抗靜電劑以外,亦可 含有黏合劑樹脂。 The antistatic layer 93 contains an antistatic agent. The antistatic layer 93 may contain a binder resin in addition to the antistatic agent.

<抗靜電劑> <antistatic agent>

作為抗靜電層93中所含有之抗靜電劑,與功能層12之欄中所說明之抗靜電劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The antistatic agent contained in the antistatic layer 93 is the same as the antistatic agent described in the column of the functional layer 12, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

<黏合劑樹脂> <Binder resin>

黏合劑樹脂較佳為選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、及ABS樹脂所組成之群中之至少1種。於該等中,就黏合劑樹脂之硬度或透明性之觀點而言,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂等。 The binder resin is preferably selected from the group consisting of a (meth)acrylic resin, a cellulose resin, an amine ester resin, a vinyl chloride resin, a polyester resin, a polyolefin resin, a polycarbonate, a nylon, and a polystyrene. And at least one of the group consisting of ABS resins. Among these, from the viewpoint of hardness or transparency of the binder resin, a (meth)acrylic resin or an amine ester resin is preferable.

作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯等。又,作為上述纖維素系樹脂,例如可列舉二乙醯纖維素、乙酸丙酸纖維素(CAP)、乙酸丁酸纖維素(CAB)等。作為上述胺酯系樹脂,例如可列舉胺酯樹脂等。 Examples of the (meth)acrylic resin include polymethyl methacrylate and the like. Further, examples of the cellulose resin include diethyl phthalocyanine cellulose, cellulose acetate propionate (CAP), and cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB). Examples of the amine ester-based resin include an amine ester resin and the like.

作為上述氯乙烯系樹脂,例如可列舉聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物等。又,作為上述聚酯系樹脂,例如可列舉聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等。又,作為上述聚烯烴系樹脂,例如可列舉聚乙烯、聚丙烯等。 Examples of the vinyl chloride-based resin include polyvinyl chloride, a vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, and the like. Moreover, as the polyester-based resin, for example, polyethylene terephthalate or the like can be mentioned. Further, examples of the polyolefin-based resin include polyethylene and polypropylene.

<<光學膜之製造方法>> <<Method of manufacturing optical film>>

光學膜90例如可藉由如下方式而製作。首先,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於透光性基材91之第1面91A上塗佈用以獲得抗靜電層92之第1抗靜電層用組成物,而形成第1抗靜電層用組成物之塗膜。 The optical film 90 can be produced, for example, as follows. First, the first antistatic layer composition for obtaining the antistatic layer 92 is applied onto the first surface 91A of the light-transmitting substrate 91 by a coating device such as a bar coater to form the first composition. A coating film for a composition for an antistatic layer.

<第1抗靜電層用組成物> <First Antistatic Layer Composition>

第1抗靜電層用組成物含有硬化後成為黏合劑樹脂之聚合性化合物及抗靜電劑。第1抗靜電層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑、防污劑、無機粒子、調平劑、溶劑、聚合起始劑。溶劑及聚合起始劑 與功能層用組成物之欄中所說明之溶劑及聚合起始劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The composition for the first antistatic layer contains a polymerizable compound which becomes a binder resin after curing, and an antistatic agent. The composition for the first antistatic layer may further contain an ultraviolet absorber, a spectroscopic transmittance adjuster, an antifouling agent, inorganic particles, a leveling agent, a solvent, and a polymerization initiator as needed. Since the solvent and the polymerization initiator are the same as the solvent and the polymerization initiator described in the column of the composition for a functional layer, the description thereof is omitted here.

於形成第1抗靜電層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如30℃以上且120℃以下之溫度下加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發。 After the coating film of the composition for the first antistatic layer is formed, the coating film is dried by heating at a temperature of, for example, 30 ° C or higher and 120 ° C or lower for 10 seconds to 120 seconds by various known methods to evaporate the solvent. .

於使塗膜乾燥後,對塗膜照射紫外線等電離放射線而使塗膜硬化。藉此形成抗靜電層92。 After drying the coating film, the coating film is irradiated with ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays to cure the coating film. Thereby, the antistatic layer 92 is formed.

於形成抗靜電層92後,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於透光性基材91之第2面91B上塗佈用以形成抗靜電層93之第2抗靜電層用組成物而形成第2抗靜電層用組成物之塗膜。 After the antistatic layer 92 is formed, a second antistatic layer for forming the antistatic layer 93 is applied onto the second surface 91B of the light-transmitting substrate 91 by a coating device such as a bar coater. A coating film of the composition for the second antistatic layer is formed.

<第2抗靜電層用組成物> <Second antistatic layer composition>

第2抗靜電層用組成物含有抗靜電劑、及溶劑。第2抗靜電層此外亦可含有黏合劑樹脂。溶劑與功能層用組成物之欄中所說明之溶劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The composition for the second antistatic layer contains an antistatic agent and a solvent. The second antistatic layer may further contain a binder resin. The solvent is the same as the solvent described in the column for the functional layer composition, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

於形成第2抗靜電層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如30℃以上且120℃以下之溫度加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發。藉此,可形成抗靜電層93,獲得圖10所示之光學膜90。 After the coating film of the composition for the second antistatic layer is formed, the coating film is dried by heating at a temperature of, for example, 30° C. or higher and 120° C. or lower for 10 seconds to 120 seconds by various known methods to evaporate the solvent. Thereby, the antistatic layer 93 can be formed, and the optical film 90 shown in FIG. 10 can be obtained.

<<<其他光學膜>>> <<<Other optical film>>

光學膜亦可為圖11所示之光學膜100。圖11所示之光學膜100亦為用於影像顯示裝置者,並可摺疊。 The optical film may also be the optical film 100 shown in FIG. The optical film 100 shown in Fig. 11 is also used for an image display device and can be folded.

光學膜100具備:透光性基材101;硬塗層102,其設置於透光性基材101之第1面101A側,作為功能層;第1抗靜電層103(以下,有時亦簡稱為抗靜電層103),其設置於硬塗層102之與透光性基材101側相反之側;光學調整層104,其設置於抗靜電層103之與硬塗層102側相反之側;及第2抗靜電層 105(以下,有時亦簡稱為抗靜電層105),其設置於透光性基材101之與第1面101A為相反側之面即第2面101B側。光學膜100之物性等與光學膜100之物性等相同,因此此處省略說明。 The optical film 100 includes a light-transmitting substrate 101 and a hard coat layer 102 which is provided on the first surface 101A side of the light-transmitting substrate 101 as a functional layer, and a first antistatic layer 103 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a short surface) An antistatic layer 103) disposed on a side of the hard coat layer 102 opposite to the side of the light-transmitting substrate 101; and an optical adjustment layer 104 disposed on a side of the antistatic layer 103 opposite to the side of the hard coat layer 102; The second antistatic layer 105 (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as the antistatic layer 105) is provided on the side of the second surface 101B which is the surface opposite to the first surface 101A of the light-transmitting substrate 101. The physical properties and the like of the optical film 100 are the same as those of the optical film 100, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

光學膜100之正面100A成為光學調整層104之正面104A。光學膜100之背面100B成為抗靜電層105之與透光性基材101側之面為相反側之面105A。 The front surface 100A of the optical film 100 serves as the front surface 104A of the optical adjustment layer 104. The back surface 100B of the optical film 100 is a surface 105A on the opposite side to the surface of the antistatic layer 105 on the side of the light-transmitting substrate 101.

<<透光性基材及硬塗層>> <<Light transmissive substrate and hard coating>>

透光性基材101為與透光性基材91相同者,因此此處省略說明。硬塗層102除不含抗靜電劑以外,與抗靜電層92相同,因此此處省略說明。 Since the light-transmitting substrate 101 is the same as the light-transmitting substrate 91, the description thereof is omitted here. The hard coat layer 102 is the same as the antistatic layer 92 except that it does not contain an antistatic agent, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

<<第1抗靜電層及第2抗靜電層>> <<1st antistatic layer and 2nd antistatic layer>>

抗靜電層103、105為與抗靜電層93相同者,因此此處省略說明。即,抗靜電層103不具有硬塗性。 Since the antistatic layers 103 and 105 are the same as those of the antistatic layer 93, the description thereof is omitted here. That is, the antistatic layer 103 does not have hard coat properties.

<<光學調整層>> <<Optical adjustment layer>>

光學調整層104係用以調整光學膜100之色調或反射率等光學物性之層。若使用含有聚醯亞胺系樹脂之基材作為透光性基材,則透光性基材呈現黃色調,因此光學調整層104於使用含有聚醯亞胺系樹脂之基材作為透光性基材91時尤其有效。 The optical adjustment layer 104 is a layer for adjusting the optical properties such as the hue or reflectance of the optical film 100. When a base material containing a polyimide resin is used as the light-transmitting substrate, the light-transmitting substrate exhibits a yellow color. Therefore, the optical adjustment layer 104 is made of a substrate containing a polyimide resin as a light-transmitting property. The substrate 91 is particularly effective.

光學調整層104之膜厚較佳為30nm以上且500nm以下。若光學調整層104之膜厚為30nm以上,則可進行光學特性(穿透率、反射率、色相)之調整,又,若為500nm以下,則可抑制加工之劣化。光學調整層104之膜厚設為藉由與功能層12之膜厚相同之方法而測得者。光學調整層104之上限更佳為400nm以下,進而較佳為200nm以下。 The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 104 is preferably 30 nm or more and 500 nm or less. When the film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 104 is 30 nm or more, optical characteristics (transmittance, reflectance, and hue) can be adjusted, and if it is 500 nm or less, deterioration of processing can be suppressed. The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 104 is measured by the same method as the film thickness of the functional layer 12. The upper limit of the optical adjustment layer 104 is more preferably 400 nm or less, further preferably 200 nm or less.

於光學調整層104之膜厚為30nm以上且300nm以下之情形時,光學調整層104之折射率較佳為低於抗靜電層103之折射率。藉由設為此種構 成,光學調整層104作為低折射率層發揮功能,因此可使外界光之反射率降低。於此情形時,光學調整層104之折射率較佳為1.38以上且1.60以下。光學調整層104或抗靜電層103之折射率可藉由將380nm以上且780nm以下之波長區域之折射率設為一定,使利用分光光度計測得之反射光譜與由使用菲涅耳式之薄膜之光學模型算出之光譜進行擬合(fitting)而求出。又,光學調整層104或抗靜電層103之折射率亦可於形成單獨之層後,藉由阿貝折射計(製品名「NAR-4T」,Atago公司製造)或橢偏儀進行測定而求出。又,作為成為光學膜100後測定折射率之方法,可使用如下方法,即,利用切割器等對光學調整層104或抗靜電層103進行削取,製作粉狀態之樣品,依照JIS K7142:2008之B法(粉體或粒狀之透明材料用)之貝克線法(折射率使用已知之Cargille試劑,將上述粉狀態之樣品置於載玻片等,於該樣品上滴加試劑,將樣品浸漬於試劑中;藉由顯微鏡觀察對該情況進行觀察,將目視無法觀察到因樣品與試劑之折射率不同而於樣品輪廓產生之明線(貝克線)的試劑之折射率作為樣品之折射率的方法)。抗靜電層103與光學調整層104之折射率差之絕對值較佳為0.005以上。抗靜電層103與光學調整層104之折射率差之絕對值之上限較佳為0.3以下。 When the film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 104 is 30 nm or more and 300 nm or less, the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 104 is preferably lower than the refractive index of the antistatic layer 103. With such a configuration, the optical adjustment layer 104 functions as a low refractive index layer, so that the reflectance of external light can be lowered. In this case, the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 104 is preferably 1.38 or more and 1.60 or less. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 104 or the antistatic layer 103 can be made by using a refractive index measured by a spectrophotometer and a Fresnel-type film by setting a refractive index of a wavelength region of 380 nm or more and 780 nm or less. The spectrum calculated by the optical model is obtained by fitting. Further, the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 104 or the antistatic layer 103 may be determined by forming an individual layer and measuring by an Abbe refractometer (product name "NAR-4T", manufactured by Atago Corporation) or an ellipsometer. Out. Moreover, as a method of measuring the refractive index after the optical film 100, a method of cutting the optical adjustment layer 104 or the antistatic layer 103 by a cutter or the like to prepare a sample in a powder state according to JIS K7142: 2008 can be used. B-line method of B method (for powder or granular transparent material) (refractive index using a known Cargille reagent, placing the above-mentioned powder state sample on a glass slide, etc., dropping a reagent onto the sample, and taking the sample Immersed in the reagent; observing the condition by microscopic observation, the refractive index of the reagent of the bright line (Becker line) generated in the contour of the sample due to the difference in refractive index between the sample and the reagent cannot be visually observed as the refractive index of the sample. Methods). The absolute value of the refractive index difference between the antistatic layer 103 and the optical adjustment layer 104 is preferably 0.005 or more. The upper limit of the absolute value of the refractive index difference between the antistatic layer 103 and the optical adjustment layer 104 is preferably 0.3 or less.

光學調整層104例如由氧化矽或氧化鋁等無機氧化物構成。光學調整層104例如可藉由濺鍍法、離子鍍覆法等物理氣相沈積(PVD)法或化學氣相沈積(CVD)法等蒸鍍法而形成。 The optical adjustment layer 104 is made of, for example, an inorganic oxide such as ruthenium oxide or aluminum oxide. The optical adjustment layer 104 can be formed, for example, by a vapor deposition method such as a physical vapor deposition (PVD) method or a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method such as a sputtering method or an ion plating method.

光學調整層104亦可含有防污劑。防污劑與功能層12之欄中所說明之防污劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The optical adjustment layer 104 may also contain an antifouling agent. The antifouling agent is the same as the antifouling agent described in the column of the functional layer 12, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

<<<影像顯示裝置>>> <<<Image Display Device>>

光學膜90、100可組入至可摺疊之影像顯示裝置而使用。圖12係本實施形態之影像顯示裝置之概略構成圖。如圖12所示,影像顯示裝置110朝向觀察者側,主要依序積層有收納電池等之殼體81、保護膜82、顯示元件83、圓偏光板 84、觸控感測器85、及光學膜90。於顯示元件83與圓偏光板84之間、圓偏光板84與觸控感測器85之間、觸控感測器85與光學膜90之間配置有具有透光性之黏著層86,該等構件藉由黏著層86而相互固定。再者,於圖12中,標附有與圖9相同之符號之構件與圖9所示之構件相同,因此省略說明。 The optical films 90, 100 can be incorporated into a collapsible image display device for use. Fig. 12 is a view showing the schematic configuration of a video display device of the embodiment. As shown in FIG. 12, the video display device 110 faces the viewer side, and mainly houses a casing 81 for accommodating a battery or the like, a protective film 82, a display element 83, a circular polarizing plate 84, a touch sensor 85, and optical. Film 90. An adhesive layer 86 having a light transmissive property is disposed between the display element 83 and the circular polarizing plate 84, between the circular polarizing plate 84 and the touch sensor 85, and between the touch sensor 85 and the optical film 90. The members are fixed to each other by the adhesive layer 86. In FIG. 12, members having the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 9 are the same as those shown in FIG. 9, and thus the description thereof is omitted.

光學膜90係以抗靜電層92成為較透光性基材91更靠觀察者側之方式配置。於影像顯示裝置110中,光學膜90之正面90A(抗靜電層92之正面92A)構成影像顯示裝置110之正面110A。 The optical film 90 is disposed such that the antistatic layer 92 is closer to the viewer than the light-transmitting substrate 91. In the image display device 110, the front surface 90A of the optical film 90 (the front surface 92A of the antistatic layer 92) constitutes the front surface 110A of the image display device 110.

根據本實施形態,光學膜90於透光性基材91之兩面側具備抗靜電層92、93,光學膜100於透光性基材101之兩面側具備抗靜電層103、105,因此可抑制灰塵等附著於光學膜90、100。又,於在光學膜90、100之兩面貼附有保護膜(未圖示)之狀態下,即便將保護膜自光學膜90、100剝離,亦可抑制光學膜90、100之帶電。藉此可提高影像顯示裝置之組裝步驟之良率。 According to the present embodiment, the optical film 90 is provided with the antistatic layers 92 and 93 on both sides of the light-transmitting substrate 91, and the optical film 100 is provided with the antistatic layers 103 and 105 on both sides of the light-transmitting substrate 101. Dust or the like adheres to the optical films 90 and 100. Further, in a state in which a protective film (not shown) is attached to both surfaces of the optical films 90 and 100, even if the protective film is peeled off from the optical films 90 and 100, charging of the optical films 90 and 100 can be suppressed. Thereby, the yield of the assembly steps of the image display device can be improved.

由於光學調整層為薄膜,故而不設置光學調整層者可提高光學膜之耐擦傷性。光學膜90由於在抗靜電層92上不具備光學調整層,故而耐擦傷性較於抗靜電層103上具備光學調整層104之光學膜100優異。 Since the optical adjustment layer is a film, the optical film can be improved in scratch resistance without providing an optical adjustment layer. Since the optical film 90 does not have an optical adjustment layer on the antistatic layer 92, the scratch resistance is superior to that of the optical film 100 including the optical adjustment layer 104 on the antistatic layer 103.

於可摺疊之光學膜中,必須以成為可摺疊之方式選定硬塗層之黏合劑樹脂。而且,若如光學膜90般於硬塗層中混練抗靜電劑,則必須使用顯示出與所選定之黏合劑樹脂有良好之相容性之抗靜電劑,導致抗靜電劑之選項變少。相對於此,於光學膜100中,由於將抗靜電層103設為與硬塗層102不同之層,故而可擴大抗靜電劑之選項。 In a collapsible optical film, the binder resin of the hard coat layer must be selected in a foldable manner. Further, if the antistatic agent is kneaded in the hard coat layer like the optical film 90, it is necessary to use an antistatic agent which exhibits good compatibility with the selected binder resin, resulting in less options for the antistatic agent. On the other hand, in the optical film 100, since the antistatic layer 103 is made of a layer different from the hard coat layer 102, the option of the antistatic agent can be expanded.

[實施例] [Examples]

為了詳細地說明本發明,以下列舉實施例進行說明,但本發明並不限定於該等記載。再者,下述所謂「固體成分100%換算值」係指將溶劑稀釋品中之固體成分設為100%時之值。 In order to explain the present invention in detail, the following examples are described, but the present invention is not limited to the description. In addition, the following "100% conversion value of a solid content" is a value when the solid content in the solvent dilution product is 100%.

<光學調整層用組成物之製備> <Preparation of Composition for Optical Adjustment Layer>

首先,以成為下述所示之組成之方式摻合各成分,獲得光學調整層用組成物。 First, each component was blended so as to have a composition shown below, and a composition for an optical adjustment layer was obtained.

(光學調整層用組成物1) (Composition for optical adjustment layer 1)

‧胺酯改質聚酯系樹脂(製品名「UR-3200」,東洋紡公司製造):85質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧ Amine ester modified polyester resin (product name "UR-3200", manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.): 85 parts by mass (100% conversion value of solid content)

‧氧化鋯(平均粒徑20nm,CIK NanoTek公司製造):15質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧ Zirconia (average particle size: 20 nm, manufactured by CIK NanoTek): 15 parts by mass (100% conversion of solid content)

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):170質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 170 parts by mass

(光學調整層用組成物2) (Composition for optical adjustment layer 2)

‧胺酯改質聚酯系樹脂(製品名「UR-1700」,東洋紡公司製造):70質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Amino ester modified polyester resin (product name "UR-1700", manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.): 70 parts by mass (100% conversion value of solid content)

‧氧化鋯(平均粒徑20nm,CIK NanoTek公司製造):30質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧ Zirconia (average particle size 20 nm, manufactured by CIK NanoTek Co., Ltd.): 30 parts by mass (100% converted solid content)

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):170質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 170 parts by mass

(光學調整層用組成物3) (Composition for optical adjustment layer 3)

‧含四級銨鹽之抗靜電劑(製品名「1SX-3000」,Taisei Fine Chemical公司製造):100質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Antistatic agent containing quaternary ammonium salt (product name "1SX-3000", manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.): 100 parts by mass (100% conversion of solid content)

‧光聚合起始劑(製品名「Irg184」,BASF Japan公司製造):4質量份 ‧Photopolymerization initiator (product name "Irg184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 4 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):150質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 150 parts by mass

(光學調整層用組成物4) (Construction 4 for optical adjustment layer)

‧胺酯改質聚酯系樹脂(製品名「UR-3200」,東洋紡公司製造):70質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Amino ester modified polyester resin (product name "UR-3200", manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.): 70 parts by mass (100% conversion value of solid content)

‧氧化鋯(平均粒徑20nm,CIK NanoTek公司製造):15質量份(固體成 分100%換算值) ‧ Zirconia (average particle size 20 nm, manufactured by CIK NanoTek): 15 parts by mass (100% conversion of solid component)

‧鈷藍(平均粒徑40nm,CIK NanoTek公司製造):15質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Cobalt blue (average particle size 40nm, manufactured by CIK NanoTek): 15 parts by mass (100% conversion of solid content)

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):170質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 170 parts by mass

(光學調整層用組成物5) (Construction for optical adjustment layer 5)

‧聚烯烴系樹脂(製品名「P-901」,三井化學公司製造):70質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Polyolefin resin (product name "P-901", manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.): 70 parts by mass (100% conversion value of solid content)

‧氧化鋯(平均粒徑20nm,CIK NanoTek公司製造):30質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧ Zirconia (average particle size 20 nm, manufactured by CIK NanoTek Co., Ltd.): 30 parts by mass (100% converted solid content)

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):170質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 170 parts by mass

<抗靜電層用組成物之製備> <Preparation of composition for antistatic layer>

首先,以成為下述所示之組成之方式摻合各成分,獲得抗靜電層用組成物。 First, each component is blended so as to have a composition shown below, and a composition for an antistatic layer is obtained.

(抗靜電層用組成物1) (Antistatic layer composition 1)

‧新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯及新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「KAYARAD PET-30」,日本化藥公司製造):90質量份 ‧ a mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and neopentyl alcohol tetraacrylate (product name "KAYARAD PET-30", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 90 parts by mass

‧含四級銨鹽之抗靜電聚合物(製品名「UV-ASHC-01」,日本化成公司製造):10質量份 ‧Antistatic polymer containing quaternary ammonium salt (product name "UV-ASHC-01", manufactured by Nippon Kasei Co., Ltd.): 10 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF公司製造):2質量份 ‧ Polymerization initiator (product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF): 2 parts by mass

(抗靜電層用組成物2) (Antistatic layer composition 2)

‧含四級銨鹽之抗靜電聚合物(製品名「UV-ASHC-01」,日本化成公司製造):100質量份 ‧Antistatic polymer containing quaternary ammonium salt (product name "UV-ASHC-01", manufactured by Nippon Kasei Co., Ltd.): 100 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF公司製造): 0.5質量份 ‧ Polymerization initiator (product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF): 0.5 parts by mass

<硬塗層用組成物> <Composition for hard coat layer>

以成為下述所示之組成之方式摻合各成分而獲得硬塗層用組成物。 Each component was blended so as to have a composition shown below to obtain a composition for a hard coat layer.

(硬塗層用組成物1) (Composition for hard coating 1)

‧胺酯系樹脂(製品名「U-6LPA」,新中村化學公司製造):70質量份 ‧ Amine ester resin (product name "U-6LPA", manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.): 70 parts by mass

‧胺酯系樹脂(製品名「UV2750B」,日本合成化學公司製造):20質量份 ‧ Amine ester resin (product name "UV2750B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.): 20 parts by mass

‧含四級銨鹽之抗靜電劑(製品名「1SX-3000」,Taisei Fine Chemical公司製造):10質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Antistatic agent containing quaternary ammonium salt (product name "1SX-3000", manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.): 10 parts by mass (100% conversion value of solid content)

‧光聚合起始劑(製品名「Irg184」,BASF公司製造):4質量份 ‧Photopolymerization initiator (product name "Irg184", manufactured by BASF): 4 parts by mass

‧紫外線吸收劑(製品名「TINUVIN477」,BASF公司製造):5質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧ UV absorber (product name "TINUVIN477", manufactured by BASF): 5 parts by mass (100% conversion of solid content)

‧防污劑(製品名「BYKUV3500」,BYK-Chemie公司製造):1.5質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Antifouling agent (product name "BYKUV3500", manufactured by BYK-Chemie): 1.5 parts by mass (100% conversion of solid content)

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):150質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 150 parts by mass

(硬塗層用組成物2) (Composition for hard coating 2)

‧新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯及新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「KAYARAD PET-30」,日本化藥公司製造):100質量份 ‧ a mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (product name "KAYARAD PET-30", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 100 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF公司製造):2質量份 ‧ Polymerization initiator (product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF): 2 parts by mass

<樹脂層用組成物之製備> <Preparation of Composition for Resin Layer>

以成為下述所示之組成之方式摻合各成分而獲得樹脂層用組成物。 Each component was blended so as to have a composition shown below to obtain a composition for a resin layer.

(樹脂層用組成物1) (Composition for resin layer 1)

‧丙烯酸胺酯(製品名「UV3310B」,日本合成化學公司製造,二官 能):85質量份 ‧Acetyl acrylate (product name "UV3310B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd., Ernest): 85 parts by mass

‧丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯(製品名「Viscoat#192」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):5質量份 ‧Phenyloxyethyl acrylate (product name "Viscoat #192", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 5 parts by mass

‧三新戊四醇丙烯酸酯、單及二新戊四醇丙烯酸酯、以及聚新戊四醇丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「Viscoat#802」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):10質量份 ‧Three neopentyl alcohol acrylate, mono- and dipentaerythritol acrylate, and a mixture of polypentaerythritol acrylate (product name "Viscoat #802", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 10 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮,製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF Japan公司製造):5質量份 ‧ Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 5 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮:10質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone: 10 parts by mass

(樹脂層用組成物2) (Composition for resin layer 2)

‧丙烯酸胺酯(製品名「UV3310B」,日本合成化學公司製造,二官能):85質量份 ‧Acetylamine (product name "UV3310B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd., difunctional): 85 parts by mass

‧丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯(製品名「Viscoat#192」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):15質量份 ‧Phenyloxyethyl acrylate (product name "Viscoat #192", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 15 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮,製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF Japan公司製造):5質量份 ‧ Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 5 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮:10質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone: 10 parts by mass

(樹脂層用組成物3) (Composition for resin layer 3)

‧丙烯酸胺酯(製品名「UV3310B」,日本合成化學公司製造,二官能):80質量份 ‧Acetylamine (product name "UV3310B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd., difunctional): 80 parts by mass

‧丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯(製品名「Viscoat#192」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):5質量份 ‧Phenyloxyethyl acrylate (product name "Viscoat #192", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 5 parts by mass

‧三新戊四醇丙烯酸酯、單及二新戊四醇丙烯酸酯、以及聚新戊四醇丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「Viscoat#802」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):10質 量份 ‧Three neopentyl alcohol acrylate, mono- and dipentaerythritol acrylate, and a mixture of polypentaerythritol acrylate (product name "Viscoat #802", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 10 mass parts

‧二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「KAYARAD DPHA」,日本化藥股份有限公司製造):5質量份 ‧ Mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (product name "KAYARAD DPHA", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 5 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮,製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF Japan公司製造):5質量份 ‧ Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 5 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮:10質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone: 10 parts by mass

(樹脂層用組成物4) (Composition for resin layer 4)

‧丙烯酸胺酯(製品名「UV3310B」,日本合成化學公司製造,二官能):95質量份 ‧Acetylamine (product name "UV3310B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd., difunctional): 95 parts by mass

‧丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯(製品名「Viscoat#192」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):5質量份 ‧Phenyloxyethyl acrylate (product name "Viscoat #192", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 5 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮,製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF Japan公司製造):5質量份 ‧ Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 5 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮:10質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone: 10 parts by mass

(樹脂層用組成物5) (Composition for resin layer 5)

‧丙烯酸胺酯(製品名「UV3310B」,日本合成化學公司製造,二官能):85質量份 ‧Acetylamine (product name "UV3310B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd., difunctional): 85 parts by mass

‧二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「KAYARAD DPHA」,日本化藥股份有限公司製造):15質量份 ‧ Mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (product name "KAYARAD DPHA", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 15 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮,製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF Japan公司製造):5質量份 ‧ Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 5 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮:10質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone: 10 parts by mass

<<實施例A及比較例A>> <<Example A and Comparative Example A>>

<實施例A1> <Example A1>

準備折射率1.630及厚度30μm之聚醯亞胺系基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為樹脂基材,利用棒式塗佈機於作為聚醯亞胺系基材之一面之第1面塗佈光學調整層用組成物2,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於90℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發而形成折射率1.562及膜厚100nm之第2光學調整層。於形成第2光學調整層後,利用棒式塗佈機於第2光學調整層之表面塗佈光學調整層用組成物1,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於90℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發而形成折射率1.544及膜厚100nm之第1光學調整層。於形成第1光學調整層後,利用棒式塗佈機於第1光學調整層之表面塗佈硬塗層用組成物1,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,形成折射率1.531及膜厚10μm之硬塗層。藉此,獲得第1光學調整層鄰接於硬塗層,且第2光學調整層鄰接於聚醯亞胺系基材之光學膜。再者,實施例A1之光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1面為相反側之第2面。 A polyimide-based substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) having a refractive index of 1.630 and a thickness of 30 μm was prepared as a resin substrate, and was used as a surface of a polyimide-based substrate by a bar coater. The composition 2 for the optical adjustment layer was applied to the first surface to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 90 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a second optical adjustment layer having a refractive index of 1.562 and a film thickness of 100 nm. After the formation of the second optical adjustment layer, the composition for optical adjustment layer 1 is applied onto the surface of the second optical adjustment layer by a bar coater to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 90 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a first optical adjustment layer having a refractive index of 1.544 and a film thickness of 100 nm. After the formation of the first optical adjustment layer, the composition 1 for the hard coat layer was applied onto the surface of the first optical adjustment layer by a bar coater to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan Co., Ltd., light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so as to have an integrated light amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 to form a hard coat layer having a refractive index of 1.531 and a film thickness of 10 μm. Thereby, the first optical adjustment layer is adjacent to the hard coat layer, and the second optical adjustment layer is adjacent to the optical film of the polyimide film. Further, the front surface of the optical film of Example A1 was the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface was the second surface of the polyimide-based substrate opposite to the first surface.

硬塗層及光學調整層之折射率係於未進行易接著處理之厚度50μm之PET上分別塗佈硬塗層用組成物及光學調整層用組成物,製成1~10μm之厚度之硬化膜,於PET之未塗佈硬塗層用組成物或光學調整層用組成物之面(背面),貼附較測定點面積大之寬度之黑聚氯乙烯絕緣帶(例如Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38-21 38mm寬度)以防止背面反射,使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造),測定波長380~780nm之平均反射率,使用所獲得之平均反射率基於上述式(2)而求出。於實施例A2~A12及比較例A1及A2中,亦藉由與實施例A1相同之方法而測定各層之折射率。 The refractive index of the hard coat layer and the optical adjustment layer is applied to the composition for a hard coat layer and the composition for an optical adjustment layer on a PET having a thickness of 50 μm which is not easily treated, and a cured film having a thickness of 1 to 10 μm is formed. A black polyvinyl chloride insulating tape (for example, Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38) having a width larger than a measuring point area is attached to the surface of the uncoated hard coating composition or the optical conditioning layer composition (back surface) of PET. -21 38mm width) The average reflectance at a wavelength of 380 to 780 nm is measured using a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) using a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450"), and the average reflectance obtained is based on the above formula ( 2) and find. In Examples A2 to A12 and Comparative Examples A1 and A2, the refractive indices of the respective layers were also measured by the same method as in Example A1.

又,各層之膜厚係使用掃描穿透型電子顯微鏡(STEM)(製 品名「S-4800」,日立高新技術股份有限公司製造)拍攝光學膜之剖面,於該剖面之影像中測定20個部位之各層之膜厚,採用該20個部位之膜厚之算術平均值。光學膜之剖面照片係藉由如下方式拍攝。首先,製作將以1mm×10mm切出之光學膜利用包埋樹脂包埋而成之塊體,藉由一般之切片製作方法自該塊體切出無孔等之均勻之厚度70nm以上且100nm以下之切片。切片之製作係使用「超薄切片機EM UC7」(Leica Microsystems股份有限公司)等。繼而,將該無孔等之均勻之切片作為測定樣品。其後,使用掃描穿透型電子顯微鏡(STEM)拍攝測定樣品之剖面照片。於該剖面照片之拍攝時,將檢測器設為「TE」,將加速電壓設為「30kV」,將發射電流設為「10μA」而進行STEM觀察。關於倍率,一面調節焦距並以對比度及亮度辨別或觀察各層,一面於5000倍~20萬倍適當調節。再者,於剖面照片之拍攝時,進而將光圈設為「束偵測光圈3」,將物鏡光圈設為「3」,又,將W.D.設為「8mm」。於實施例A2~A12及比較例A1及A2中,亦藉由與實施例A1相同之方法測定各層之折射率及膜厚。 Further, the film thickness of each layer was measured by a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) (product name "S-4800", manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd.), and 20 sections were measured in the image of the section. The film thickness of each layer was calculated using the arithmetic mean of the film thickness of the 20 parts. The cross-sectional photograph of the optical film was taken as follows. First, a block in which an optical film cut at 1 mm × 10 mm is embedded in an embedding resin is produced, and a uniform thickness of no pores or the like is cut out from the block by a general slicing method to a thickness of 70 nm or more and 100 nm or less. Sliced. For the production of the slice, "Ultramicrotome EM UC7" (Leica Microsystems Co., Ltd.) or the like was used. Then, a uniform slice having no pores or the like was used as a measurement sample. Thereafter, a cross-sectional photograph of the sample was measured using a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM). In the photographing of the cross-sectional photograph, the detector was set to "TE", the acceleration voltage was set to "30 kV", and the emission current was set to "10 μA" to perform STEM observation. Regarding the magnification, the focal length is adjusted and the layers are distinguished or observed by contrast and brightness, and the magnification is appropriately adjusted from 5000 times to 200,000 times. In addition, when the cross-sectional photograph is taken, the aperture is set to "beam detection aperture 3", the objective aperture is set to "3", and W.D. is set to "8 mm". In Examples A2 to A12 and Comparative Examples A1 and A2, the refractive index and film thickness of each layer were also measured by the same method as in Example A1.

<實施例A2> <Example A2>

於實施例A2中,於聚醯亞胺系基材之與第2光學調整層側之面為相反側之面形成折射率1.536及膜厚100nm之第3光學調整層,除此以外,以與實施例1相同之方式獲得光學膜。第3光學調整層係藉由如下方式形成,即,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺系基材之第2面塗佈光學調整層用組成物3,形成塗膜,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為100mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化。再者,實施例A2之光學膜之正面係硬塗層之表面,背面係第3光學調整層之表面。 In the example A2, a third optical adjustment layer having a refractive index of 1.536 and a film thickness of 100 nm was formed on the surface of the polyimide-based substrate on the side opposite to the surface on the second optical adjustment layer side, and An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. The third optical adjustment layer is formed by coating the optical adjustment layer composition 3 on the second surface of the polyimide substrate by a bar coater to form a coating film. The film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and the cumulative amount of light in the air was 100 mJ/cm 2 using an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB). The method is to irradiate ultraviolet rays to harden the coating film. Further, the front surface of the optical film of Example A2 was the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface was the surface of the third optical adjustment layer.

<實施例A3> <Example A3>

於實施例A3中,將第1光學調整層之膜厚設為200nm,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the same manner as in Example A1, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the film thickness of the first optical adjustment layer was changed to 200 nm.

<實施例A4> <Example A4>

於實施例A4中,將第2光學調整層之膜厚設為200nm,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the same manner as in Example A1, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the film thickness of the second optical adjustment layer was changed to 200 nm.

<實施例A5> <Example A5>

於實施例A5中,使用光學調整層用組成物4代替光學調整層用組成物1,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用光學調整層用組成物4所形成之第1光學調整層之折射率為1.547。 An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the composition for optical adjustment layer 4 was used instead of the composition for optical adjustment layer 4 in Example A5. Further, the refractive index of the first optical adjustment layer formed using the composition for optical adjustment layer 4 was 1.547.

<實施例A6> <Example A6>

於實施例A6中,使用光學調整層用組成物5代替光學調整層用組成物2,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用光學調整層用組成物5所形成之第2光學調整層之折射率為1.563。 An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the composition for optical adjustment layer 5 was used instead of the composition for optical adjustment layer 5 in Example A6. Further, the refractive index of the second optical adjustment layer formed using the composition for optical adjustment layer 5 was 1.563.

<實施例A7> <Example A7>

於實施例A7中,將硬塗層之膜厚設為20μm,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the same manner as in Example A1, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the film thickness of the hard coat layer was changed to 20 μm.

<實施例A8> <Example A8>

於實施例A8中,將硬塗層之膜厚設為40μm,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the same manner as in Example A1, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the film thickness of the hard coat layer was 40 μm.

<實施例A9> <Example A9>

於實施例A9中,使用折射率1.662及厚度30μm之聚醯胺醯亞胺系基材(製品名「THD-30」,Kolon公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A9, a polyamidimide-based substrate (product name "THD-30", manufactured by Kolon Co., Ltd.) having a refractive index of 1.662 and a thickness of 30 μm was used instead of the polyimide-based substrate, and An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1.

<實施例A10> <Example A10>

於實施例A10中,使用折射率1.701及厚度30μm之聚醯胺系基材(製品名「芳香族聚醯胺」,Toray公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the example A10, a polyamidamide-based substrate (product name "aromatic polyamine", manufactured by Toray Co., Ltd.) having a refractive index of 1.701 and a thickness of 30 μm was used instead of the polyimide-based substrate, and An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1.

<實施例A11> <Example A11>

於實施例A11中,使用折射率1.654及厚度23μm之聚酯系基材(製品名「U403」,Toray公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the same manner as in Example A1, except that a polyester-based substrate (product name "U403", manufactured by Toray Co., Ltd.) having a refractive index of 1.654 and a thickness of 23 μm was used instead of the polyimide-based substrate in Example A11. The optical film is obtained in a manner.

<實施例A12> <Example A12>

準備折射率1.630及厚度30μm之聚醯亞胺系基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為樹脂基材,利用棒式塗佈機,於作為聚醯亞胺系基材之一面之第1面塗佈光學調整層用組成物1而形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於90℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,而形成鄰接於聚醯亞胺系基材之折射率1.544及膜厚100nm之第1光學調整層。於形成第1光學調整層後,利用棒式塗佈機於第1光學調整層之表面塗佈硬塗層用組成物1,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於90℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,形成折射率1.531及膜厚10μm之硬塗層。藉此,獲得第1光學調整層鄰接於硬塗層及聚醯亞胺系基材之光學膜。再者,實施例A1之光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1面為相反側之第2面。 A polyimide-based substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) having a refractive index of 1.630 and a thickness of 30 μm was prepared as a resin substrate, and was used as a polyimide-based substrate by a bar coater. A coating film is formed by coating the composition 1 for an optical adjustment layer on the first surface of one surface. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 90 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a refractive index of 1.544 and a film thickness of 100 nm adjacent to the polyimide substrate. 1 optical adjustment layer. After the formation of the first optical adjustment layer, the composition 1 for the hard coat layer was applied onto the surface of the first optical adjustment layer by a bar coater to form a coating film. Then, the formed coating film was heated at 90 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan Co., Ltd., light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so as to have an integrated light amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 to form a hard coat layer having a refractive index of 1.531 and a film thickness of 10 μm. Thereby, the optical film in which the first optical adjustment layer is adjacent to the hard coat layer and the polyimide substrate is obtained. Further, the front surface of the optical film of Example A1 was the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface was the second surface of the polyimide-based substrate opposite to the first surface.

<實施例A13> <Example A13>

於實施例A13中,使用折射率1.662及厚度30μm之聚醯胺醯亞胺系基材(製品名「THD-30」,Kolon公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A12相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the example A13, a polyamidimide-based substrate (product name "THD-30", manufactured by Kolon Co., Ltd.) having a refractive index of 1.662 and a thickness of 30 μm was used instead of the polyimide-based substrate, and An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A12.

<實施例A14> <Example A14>

於實施例14中,使用折射率1.701及厚度30μm之聚醯胺系基材(製品名「芳香族聚醯胺」,Toray公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A12相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example 14, a polyimide substrate (product name "aromatic polyamide", manufactured by Toray Co., Ltd.) having a refractive index of 1.701 and a thickness of 30 μm was used instead of the polyimide substrate, and An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A12.

<實施例A15> <Example A15>

於實施例A15中,使用折射率1.654及厚度23μm之聚酯系基材(製品名「U403」,Toray公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A12相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the same manner as in Example A12, a polyester-based substrate (product name "U403", manufactured by Toray Co., Ltd.) having a refractive index of 1.654 and a thickness of 23 μm was used instead of the polyimide-based substrate in Example A15. The optical film is obtained in a manner.

<實施例A16> <Example A16>

於實施例A16中,以如下方式於聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1光學調整層側之面為相反側之面形成樹脂層,除此以外,以與實施例A12相同之方式獲得光學膜。於形成樹脂層時,首先,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1光學調整層側之面為相反側之面塗佈樹脂層用組成物1而形成塗膜。繼而,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為1200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,形成折射率1.504及膜厚200μm之由胺酯系樹脂所構成之樹脂層。 In the same manner as in Example A12, the resin layer was formed in the same manner as in Example A12 except that the resin layer was formed on the surface opposite to the surface on the side of the first optically-adjusting layer of the polyimide-based substrate. membrane. When the resin layer is formed, the resin layer composition 1 is applied to the surface of the polyimide-based substrate on the side opposite to the surface on the first optical adjustment layer side by a bar coater to form a coating film. Then, the formed coating film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and was accumulated in the air using an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB). When the amount of light was 1200 mJ/cm 2 , the coating film was cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays, and a resin layer composed of an amine ester resin having a refractive index of 1.504 and a film thickness of 200 μm was formed.

<實施例A17> <Example A17>

於實施例A17中,將樹脂層之膜厚設為50μm,除此以外,以與實施例A16相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the same manner as in Example A16, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A16 except that the film thickness of the resin layer was changed to 50 μm.

<實施例18> <Example 18>

於實施例A18中,將樹脂層之膜厚設為300μm,除此以外,以與實施例A16相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the same manner as in Example A16, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A16 except that the film thickness of the resin layer was changed to 300 μm.

<實施例A19> <Example A19>

於實施例A19中,使用樹脂層用組成物2代替樹脂層用組成物1,除此以外,以與實施例A16相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用樹脂層用組成物2所形成之樹脂層之折射率為1.509。 An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A16 except that the resin layer composition 2 was used instead of the resin layer composition 1 in Example A19. Further, the refractive index of the resin layer formed using the composition 2 for a resin layer was 1.509.

<實施例A20> <Example A20>

於實施例A20中,使用樹脂層用組成物3代替樹脂層用組成物1,除此以外,以與實施例A16相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用樹脂層用組成物3所形成之樹脂層之折射率為1.507。 An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A16 except that the resin layer composition 3 was used instead of the resin layer composition 1 in Example A20. Further, the refractive index of the resin layer formed using the composition 3 for a resin layer was 1.507.

<實施例A21> <Example A21>

於實施例21中,將樹脂層之膜厚設為50μm,除此以外,以與實施例A20相同之方式獲得光學膜。 An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A20 except that the film thickness of the resin layer was changed to 50 μm.

<實施例A22> <Example A22>

於實施例A22中,將樹脂層之膜厚設為300μm,除此以外,以與實施例A20相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the same manner as in Example A20, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A20 except that the film thickness of the resin layer was changed to 300 μm.

<實施例A23> <Example A23>

於實施例A23中,於聚醯亞胺系基材與樹脂層之間形成折射率1.536及膜厚100nm之第3光學調整層,除此以外,以與實施例A16相同之方式獲得光學膜。第3光學調整層係藉由如下方式形成,即,於形成樹脂層之前,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺系基材之第2面塗佈光學調整層用組成物3而形成塗膜,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為100mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化。樹脂層係於形成第3光學調整層後,於第3光學調整層之表面以與實施例A16相同之方式形成。再者,實施例A23之光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為樹脂層之表面。 In the same manner as in Example A16, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A16 except that a third optical adjustment layer having a refractive index of 1.536 and a thickness of 100 nm was formed between the polyimide and the resin layer. The third optical adjustment layer is formed by coating the optical adjustment layer composition 3 on the second surface of the polyimide substrate by a bar coater to form a coating layer before forming the resin layer. The film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and was accumulated in the air using an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB). light quantity becomes 100mJ / cm 2 of the cured coating film irradiated with ultraviolet rays. The resin layer was formed on the surface of the third optical adjustment layer in the same manner as in Example A16 after the formation of the third optical adjustment layer. Further, the front surface of the optical film of Example A23 was the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface was the surface of the resin layer.

<實施例A24> <Example A24>

於實施例A24中,於第3光學調整層之與聚醯亞胺系基材側之面為相反側之面,形成折射率1.504及膜厚200μm之由胺酯系樹脂所構成之樹脂層,除此以外,以與實施例A2相同之方式獲得光學膜。樹脂層係於第3光學調整層之表面以與實施例A16相同之方式形成。 In the example A24, a resin layer composed of an amine ester resin having a refractive index of 1.504 and a film thickness of 200 μm was formed on the surface opposite to the surface of the third optically-adjusting layer on the side of the polyimide-based substrate. Except for this, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A2. The resin layer was formed on the surface of the third optical adjustment layer in the same manner as in Example A16.

<比較例A1> <Comparative Example A1>

準備折射率1.630及厚度30μm之聚醯亞胺系基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為樹脂基材,利用棒式塗佈機於作為聚醯亞胺系基材之一面之第1面塗佈硬塗層用組成物1而形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,而形成膜厚為10μm之硬塗層,獲得硬塗層鄰接於聚醯亞胺系基材之光學膜。再者,比較例A1之光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1面為相反側之面。 A polyimide-based substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) having a refractive index of 1.630 and a thickness of 30 μm was prepared as a resin substrate, and was used as a surface of a polyimide-based substrate by a bar coater. The first surface of the hard coat layer was coated with the composition 1 to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan Co., Ltd., light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so as to have an integrated light amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 , and a hard coat layer having a film thickness of 10 μm was formed to obtain an optical film having a hard coat layer adjacent to the polyimide film. Further, the front surface of the optical film of Comparative Example A1 was the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface was the surface of the polyimide-based base material opposite to the first surface.

<比較例A2> <Comparative Example A2>

於比較例A2中,將硬塗層之膜厚設為50μm,除此以外,以與比較例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the same manner as in Comparative Example A1, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example A1 except that the film thickness of the hard coat layer was changed to 50 μm.

<比較例A3> <Comparative Example A3>

於比較例A3中,以如下方式於聚醯亞胺系基材之與硬塗層側之面為相反側之面形成樹脂層,除此以外,以與比較例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。於形成樹脂層時,首先,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺系基材之與硬塗層側之面為相反側之面塗佈樹脂層用組成物1而形成塗膜。繼而,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為1200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,形成折射率1.504及膜厚30μm之由胺酯系樹 脂所構成之樹脂層。 In Comparative Example A3, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example A1 except that a resin layer was formed on the surface of the polyimide-based substrate on the side opposite to the surface on the hard coat layer side. When the resin layer is formed, first, the resin layer composition 1 is applied to the surface of the polyimide-based substrate on the side opposite to the surface of the hard coat layer by a bar coater to form a coating film. Then, the formed coating film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and was accumulated in the air using an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB). When the amount of light was 1200 mJ/cm 2 , the coating film was cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays, and a resin layer composed of an amine ester resin having a refractive index of 1.504 and a film thickness of 30 μm was formed.

<比較例A4> <Comparative Example A4>

於比較例A4中,將樹脂層之膜厚設為350μm,除此以外,以與比較例A3相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In the same manner as in Comparative Example A3, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example A3 except that the film thickness of the resin layer was changed to 350 μm.

<比較例A5> <Comparative Example A5>

於比較例A5中,使用樹脂層用組成物4代替樹脂層用組成物1而形成膜厚200μm之樹脂層,除此以外,以與比較例A3相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用樹脂層用組成物4所形成之樹脂層之折射率為1.506。 In Comparative Example A5, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example A3 except that the resin layer composition 4 was used instead of the resin layer composition 1 to form a resin layer having a thickness of 200 μm. Further, the refractive index of the resin layer formed using the composition 4 for a resin layer was 1.506.

<比較例A6> <Comparative Example A6>

於比較例A6中,使用樹脂層用組成物5代替樹脂層用組成物1而形成膜厚200μm之樹脂層,除此以外,以與比較例A3相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用樹脂層用組成物5所形成之樹脂層之折射率為1.509。 In Comparative Example A6, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example A3 except that the resin layer composition 5 was used instead of the resin layer composition 1 to form a resin layer having a thickness of 200 μm. Further, the refractive index of the resin layer formed using the composition 5 for a resin layer was 1.509.

<比較例A7> <Comparative Example A7>

於比較例A7中,將第1光學調整層之膜厚設為3μm(3000nm),除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the film thickness of the first optical adjustment layer was changed to 3 μm (3000 nm) in Comparative Example A7.

<干涉條紋評價> <Interference fringe evaluation>

於實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜中,評價是否觀察到干涉條紋。具體而言,於光學膜之背面經由透明黏著劑貼附用以防止背面反射之黑色壓克力板,自光學膜之正面側對各光學膜照射光,目視觀察是否確認到干涉條紋。作為光源,使用三波長管螢光燈。根據以下之基準對干涉條紋之產生進行評價。 In the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, whether or not interference fringes were observed was evaluated. Specifically, a black acryl plate for preventing back reflection was attached to the back surface of the optical film via a transparent adhesive, and each optical film was irradiated with light from the front side of the optical film, and it was visually observed whether interference fringes were confirmed. As the light source, a three-wavelength tube fluorescent lamp is used. The generation of interference fringes was evaluated according to the following criteria.

◎:未確認到干涉條紋。 ◎: No interference fringes were confirmed.

○:雖確認到少許之干涉條紋,但於實際使用中無問題之等級。 ○: Although a little interference fringe was confirmed, there was no problem in actual use.

×:明確地確認到干涉條紋。 ×: The interference fringes were clearly confirmed.

<耐久性試驗前之連續摺疊性及密接性> <Continuous folding and adhesion before durability test>

將實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜切割為30mm×100mm之長方形而製作樣品,將該樣品以如下方式安裝於耐久試驗機(製品名「DLDMLH-FS」,Yuasa System公司製造),即,將樣品之短邊(30mm)側利用固定部分別固定,且如圖2(C)所示,對向之2個邊部之最小間隔成為10mm,進行1萬次將樣品之正面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以硬塗層成為內側,且基材、第3光學調整層或樹脂層成為外側之方式摺疊之試驗),研究於基材與硬塗層之間是否未產生隆起(間隙),並且研究於彎曲部是否未產生破裂或斷裂。將連續摺疊試驗之結果分為連續摺疊性及密接性,根據以下之基準進行評價。再者,連續摺疊試驗中使用之樣品係自進行下述耐久性試驗之前之光學膜切割者。 The optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7 were cut into a rectangular shape of 30 mm × 100 mm to prepare a sample, and the sample was attached to an endurance tester (product name "DLDMLH-FS", manufactured by Yuasa System Co., Ltd.) as follows. In other words, the short side (30 mm) side of the sample is fixed by the fixing portion, and as shown in Fig. 2(C), the minimum interval between the two opposite sides is 10 mm, and the front side of the sample is 10,000 times. A side-folding 180° continuous folding test (a test in which the hard coat layer becomes the inner side and the substrate, the third optical adjustment layer or the resin layer is folded outward), whether or not the substrate and the hard coat layer are not produced Bulge (gap), and whether the bend does not break or break. The results of the continuous folding test were classified into continuous folding property and adhesion, and were evaluated according to the following criteria. Further, the sample used in the continuous folding test was an optical film cutter before the durability test described below.

(連續摺疊性) (continuous folding)

◎:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部未產生破裂或斷裂。 ◎: In the continuous folding test, no crack or breakage occurred in the bent portion.

○:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部產生少許破裂或斷裂,但於實際使用中無問題之等級。 ○: In the continuous folding test, a slight crack or break occurred in the bent portion, but there was no problem in practical use.

×:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部明顯地產生破裂或斷裂。 ×: In the continuous folding test, cracks or breaks were apparently formed in the bent portion.

(密接性) (adhesiveness)

◎:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間未產生隆起。 ◎: In the continuous folding test, no bulging occurred between the substrate and the hard coat layer.

○:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間產生少許隆起,但於實際使用中無問題之等級。 ○: In the continuous folding test, a slight bulging occurred between the substrate and the hard coat layer, but there was no problem in practical use.

×:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間明顯地產生隆起。 X: In the continuous folding test, bulging was apparently generated between the substrate and the hard coat layer.

<耐久性試驗後之連續摺疊性及密接性> <Continuous folding and adhesion after durability test>

對於實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜,進行將光學膜於60℃、相對濕度90%之環境下放置12小時之耐久性試驗,將耐久性試驗後之光學膜切割 為30mm×100mm之長方形而製作樣品,將該樣品以如下方式安裝於耐久試驗機(製品名「DLDMLH-FS」,Yuasa System公司製造),即,將樣品之短邊(30mm)側利用固定部分別固定,且如圖2(C)所示,對向之2個邊部之最小間隔成為10mm,進行1萬次將樣品之正面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以硬塗層成為內側且基材、第3光學調整層或樹脂層成為外側之方式摺疊之試驗),研究於基材與硬塗層之間是否未產生隆起(間隙),並且研究於彎曲部是否未產生破裂或斷裂。將連續摺疊試驗之結果分為連續摺疊性及密接性,根據以下之基準進行評價。 For the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, the durability test of placing the optical film in an environment of 60 ° C and a relative humidity of 90% for 12 hours was carried out, and the optical film after the durability test was cut into 30 mm. A sample was prepared in a rectangular shape of ×100 mm, and the sample was attached to an endurance tester (product name "DLDMLH-FS", manufactured by Yuasa System Co., Ltd.) in such a manner that the short side (30 mm) side of the sample was fixed by the fixing portion, respectively. As shown in Fig. 2(C), the minimum interval between the two opposite sides is 10 mm, and the continuous folding test of folding the front side of the sample by 180° is performed 10,000 times (the hard coat layer is formed inside and the substrate is formed). The test in which the third optical adjustment layer or the resin layer was folded outward was examined. Whether or not ridges (gap) were not generated between the substrate and the hard coat layer, and whether cracks or breaks were not formed in the bent portion were examined. The results of the continuous folding test were classified into continuous folding property and adhesion, and were evaluated according to the following criteria.

(連續摺疊性) (continuous folding)

◎:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部未產生破裂或斷裂。 ◎: In the continuous folding test, no crack or breakage occurred in the bent portion.

○:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部產生少許破裂或斷裂,但於實際使用中無問題之等級。 ○: In the continuous folding test, a slight crack or break occurred in the bent portion, but there was no problem in practical use.

×:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部明顯產生破裂或斷裂。 ×: In the continuous folding test, cracks or breaks were apparent in the bent portion.

(密接性) (adhesiveness)

◎:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間未產生隆起。 ◎: In the continuous folding test, no bulging occurred between the substrate and the hard coat layer.

○:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間產生少許隆起,但於實際使用中無問題之等級。 ○: In the continuous folding test, a slight bulging occurred between the substrate and the hard coat layer, but there was no problem in practical use.

×:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間明顯地產生隆起。 X: In the continuous folding test, bulging was apparently generated between the substrate and the hard coat layer.

<鉛筆硬度> <pencil hardness>

基於JIS K5600-5-4:1999,分別測定實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜之正面之鉛筆硬度。鉛筆硬度試驗係藉由如下方式進行,即,將以30mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜以無彎折或褶皺之方式利用Nichiban股份有限公司製造之Cellotape(註冊商標)固定於玻璃板上,針對光學膜之正面,使用鉛筆硬度試驗機(製品名「鉛筆刮痕塗膜硬度試驗機(電動式)」,東洋精機 製作所股份有限公司製造),一面對鉛筆(製品名「Uni」,三菱鉛筆股份有限公司製造)施加750g之荷重一面使鉛筆以1mm/秒之移動速度移動。鉛筆硬度設為於鉛筆硬度試驗中未對光學膜之正面造成損傷之最高硬度。再者,於鉛筆硬度之測定時,使用多根硬度不同之鉛筆進行,每1根鉛筆進行5次鉛筆硬度試驗,於5次中4次以上於螢光燈下對光學膜之正面進行穿透觀察時未於光學膜之正面視認到損傷之情形時,判斷為該硬度之鉛筆未對光學膜之正面造成損傷。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 The pencil hardness of the front surface of the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7 was measured based on JIS K5600-5-4:1999. The pencil hardness test was carried out by fixing an optical film cut out at a size of 30 mm × 100 mm to a glass plate by using Cellotape (registered trademark) manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd. without bending or wrinkling. For the front side of the optical film, use a pencil hardness tester (product name "Pencil Scratch Film Hardness Tester (Electric)", manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.), and face a pencil (product name "Uni", Mitsubishi Pencil Co., Ltd.) applied a load of 750 g to move the pencil at a moving speed of 1 mm/sec. The pencil hardness was set to the highest hardness that did not cause damage to the front side of the optical film in the pencil hardness test. Furthermore, in the measurement of pencil hardness, a pencil having a different hardness is used, and a pencil hardness test is performed 5 times for each pencil, and the front surface of the optical film is penetrated under a fluorescent lamp 4 times or more in 5 times. When the damage was not observed on the front side of the optical film at the time of observation, it was judged that the pencil of the hardness did not cause damage to the front surface of the optical film. Further, as the optical film, the optical film before the above durability test was used.

<抗剝離帶電性> <Anti-stripping chargeability>

於實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜之正面貼合保護膜,測定自光學膜之正面剝離保護膜時之剝離帶電量,評價剝離帶電量之大小。具體而言,於光學膜之正面貼合附黏著層之保護膜(製品名「SAT2038T-JSL」,SUN A.KAKEN公司製造),於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自光學膜之正面以剝離速度300mm/min將保護膜180°剝離,使用靜電測定器(製品名「KSD-0103」,春日電機公司製造),自距正面為50mm之距離測定此時之光學膜之正面之電位,測定剝離帶電量。剝離帶電量係於光學膜之正面分別測定10次,設為測定10次所得之剝離帶電量之算術平均值。評價基準如以下所示。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 The protective film was bonded to the front surface of the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, and the amount of peeling charge when the protective film was peeled off from the front surface of the optical film was measured, and the amount of peeling charge was evaluated. Specifically, a protective film (product name "SAT2038T-JSL", manufactured by SUN A. KAKEN Co., Ltd.) with an adhesive layer attached to the front surface of the optical film is applied to the optical film at 23 ° C and a relative humidity of 50%. The protective film was peeled at 180° on the front side at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min, and the potential of the front side of the optical film at this time was measured using an electrostatic measuring device (product name "KSD-0103", manufactured by Kasuga Electric Co., Ltd.) at a distance of 50 mm from the front surface. , the stripping charge was measured. The peeling charge amount was measured 10 times on the front side of the optical film, and the arithmetic mean value of the peeling charge amount obtained by measuring 10 times was used. The evaluation criteria are as follows. Further, as the optical film, the optical film before the above durability test was used.

○:光學膜之正面之剝離帶電量為-10kV~10kV之範圍內。 ○: The peeling charge amount of the front side of the optical film was in the range of -10 kV to 10 kV.

×:光學膜之正面之剝離帶電量超過±10kV。 ×: The peeling power amount of the front side of the optical film exceeded ±10 kV.

<飽和帶電壓> <saturation band voltage>

分別測定實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜之正面之飽和帶電壓。具體而言,於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自距以100mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜之正面為50mm之距離施加10kV之電壓,使用帶電電荷衰減度測定器(製品名「H-0110」,Shishido Electrostatic公司製造),測定光學膜之正面 之飽和帶電壓。飽和帶電壓設為測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 The saturation band voltages on the front side of the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7 were measured. Specifically, in an environment of 23° C. and a relative humidity of 50%, a voltage of 10 kV is applied from a front surface of the optical film cut at a distance of 100 mm×100 mm to a distance of 50 mm, and a charged charge decay degree measuring device (product name) is used. "H-0110", manufactured by Shishido Electrostatic Co., Ltd.), measured the saturation band voltage of the front side of the optical film. The saturation band voltage was set to the arithmetic mean of the values obtained by measuring 3 times. Further, as the optical film, the optical film before the above durability test was used.

<表面電阻值> <surface resistance value>

於實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜中,使用電阻率計(製品名「Hiresta-UP MCP-HT450」,Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech公司製造,探針:URS)測定表面之電阻值。表面電阻值係隨機地分別測定10個部位之以50mm×50mm之大小切出之光學膜之正面之表面電阻值,採用測得之10個部位之表面電阻值之算術平均值。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 In the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, the resistance value of the surface was measured using a resistivity meter (product name "Hiresta-UP MCP-HT450", manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech Co., Ltd., probe: URS). The surface resistance value was measured by randomly measuring the surface resistance value of the front surface of the optical film cut out at a size of 50 mm × 50 mm at 10 locations, and the arithmetic mean value of the surface resistance values of the measured 10 portions was used. Further, as the optical film, the optical film before the above durability test was used.

<黃色指數(YI)> <Yellow Index (YI)>

於實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜中,分別測定黃色指數。具體而言,首先,將以50mm×50mm之大小切出之光學膜以光學膜之基材側成為光源側之方式配置於分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所股份有限公司製造,光源:鎢絲燈及氘燈)內。光學膜係無缺陷(異物之混入)、無龜裂、無皺褶且無污漬者,又,於無捲曲之平坦之狀態下保持於分光光度計。於該狀態下,於以下之測定條件下,於波長300nm~780nm分別於前後1nm之間測定最低5點之穿透率,算出其平均值,藉此而求出。繼而,於連接於UV-2450之監視器上讀入上述穿透率之測定資料,於計算項目中勾選「YI」,藉此獲得YI。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 In the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, the yellow index was measured. Specifically, the optical film cut out at a size of 50 mm × 50 mm is placed on a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", which is manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, so that the substrate side of the optical film becomes the light source side. , light source: tungsten light and xenon lamp). The optical film system is free from defects (mixing of foreign matter), no cracks, no wrinkles, and no stains, and is held in a spectrophotometer in a state of no curl. In this state, the transmittance of the lowest five points was measured between the wavelengths of 300 nm and 780 nm at a wavelength of 300 nm to 780 nm, and the average value of the five points was calculated under the following conditions. Then, the measurement data of the above-described transmittance is read on a monitor connected to the UV-2450, and YI is obtained by checking "YI" in the calculation item. Further, as the optical film, the optical film before the above durability test was used.

(測定條件) (measurement conditions)

‧波長區域:300nm~780nm ‧wavelength region: 300nm~780nm

‧掃描速度:高速 ‧Scanning speed: high speed

‧狹縫寬度:2.0 ‧ slit width: 2.0

‧取樣間隔:自動(0.5nm間隔) ‧Sampling interval: automatic (0.5nm interval)

‧照明:C ‧Lighting: C

‧光源:D2及WI ‧Light source: D2 and WI

‧視野:2° ‧Field of view: 2°

‧光源切換波長:360nm ‧Light source switching wavelength: 360nm

‧S/R切換:標準 ‧S/R switching: standard

‧檢測器:PM ‧Detector: PM

‧自動歸零:於基準線之掃描後於550nm實施 ‧Automatic zero: implemented at 550nm after scanning of the baseline

<全光線穿透率測定> <Measurement of total light transmittance>

針對實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜,使用霧度計(製品名「HM-150」,村上色彩技術研究所股份有限公司製造),依照JIS K7361-1:1997測定全光線穿透率。關於上述全光線穿透率,上述全光線穿透率係以50mm×100mm之大小切出後,於無捲曲或皺褶且無指紋或灰塵等之狀態下,以硬塗層側成為非光源側之方式設置,對1片光學膜測定3次,採用測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 For the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, a haze meter (product name "HM-150", manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Co., Ltd.) was used, and total light was measured in accordance with JIS K7361-1:1997. Penetration rate. With respect to the above-described total light transmittance, the total light transmittance is cut out at a size of 50 mm × 100 mm, and the non-light source side is formed on the side of the hard coat layer without curling or wrinkling and without fingerprints or dust. In the manner of setting, one optical film was measured three times, and the arithmetic mean value of the value obtained by measuring three times was used. Further, as the optical film, the optical film before the above durability test was used.

<G'、G"、tanδ之測定> <G', G", tan δ measurement>

測定實施例A16~A24及比較例A3~A6之光學膜之剪切儲存模數G'、剪切損耗模數G"、及剪切損耗正切tanδ。具體而言,首先,將光學膜沖裁為10mm×5mm之長方形狀,作為樣品。繼而,準備2片該樣品,安裝於動態黏彈性測定裝置(製品名「Rheogel-E4000」,UBM股份有限公司製造)之測定夾具。具體而言,固體剪切用夾具具備厚度為1mm之1片金屬製固體剪切板與配置於該固體剪切板之兩側之2個L型金屬件,於固體剪切板與L型金屬件之間夾著一樣品,且於固體剪切板與另一L型金屬件之間夾著另一樣品。於此情形時,以樹脂層成為固體剪切板側且硬塗層成為L型金屬件側之方式夾著樣品。繼而,利用螺釘將L型金屬件間緊固,固定樣品。繼而,於動態黏彈性測定裝 置(製品名「Rheogel-E4000」,UBM股份有限公司製造)安裝由上部夾頭及下部夾頭所構成之拉伸試驗用夾頭後,將固體剪切用夾具以夾頭間距離20mm設置於上部夾頭與下部夾頭之間。繼而,將設定溫度設為25℃並以2℃/min升溫。於該狀態下,一面固定固體剪切板一面對2個L型金屬件施加應變量1%且頻率500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之範圍之縱向振動,一面於25℃進行固體之動態黏彈性測定,測定光學膜之剪切儲存模數G'、剪切損耗模數G"及剪切損耗正切tanδ。此處,光學膜之於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'、剪切損耗模數G"及剪切損耗正切tanδ設為藉由如下方式而獲得之值,對L型金屬件分別施加頻率500Hz、750Hz、950Hz之縱向振動,於各頻率下測定光學膜之剪切儲存模數G'、剪切損耗模數G"及剪切損耗正切tanδ,求出該等剪切儲存模數G'、剪切損耗模數G"及剪切損耗正切tanδ之算術平均值,進而將該測定重複3次,將分別獲得之3個算術平均值進一步進行算術平均。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 The shear storage modulus G', the shear loss modulus G", and the shear loss tangent tan δ of the optical films of Examples A16 to A24 and Comparative Examples A3 to A6 were measured. Specifically, first, the optical film was punched out. A sample having a rectangular shape of 10 mm × 5 mm was used as a sample. Then, two samples of the sample were prepared and attached to a measurement jig of a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (product name "Rheogel-E4000", manufactured by UBM Co., Ltd.). Specifically, the solid shearing jig includes a metal solid shearing plate having a thickness of 1 mm and two L-shaped metal members disposed on both sides of the solid shearing plate, and a solid shearing plate and an L-shaped metal. A sample is sandwiched between the pieces, and another sample is sandwiched between the solid shear plate and the other L-shaped metal piece. In this case, the sample is sandwiched so that the resin layer becomes the solid shearing plate side and the hard coat layer becomes the L-shaped metal member side. Then, the L-shaped metal members were fastened by screws to fix the sample. Then, after the tensile test collet composed of the upper chuck and the lower chuck is attached to the dynamic viscoelasticity measuring apparatus (product name "Rheogel-E4000", manufactured by UBM Co., Ltd.), the solid shearing jig is used. The distance between the chucks is 20 mm between the upper chuck and the lower chuck. Then, the set temperature was set to 25 ° C and the temperature was raised at 2 ° C / min. In this state, the solid viscoelasticity of the solid is measured at 25 ° C while the solid shearing plate is fixed to the surface of the L-shaped metal member with a strain of 1% and a frequency of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less. The shear storage modulus G', the shear loss modulus G", and the shear loss tangent tan δ of the optical film are measured. Here, the shear storage modulus G' of the optical film in a frequency region of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less, The shear loss modulus G" and the shear loss tangent tan δ are set to values obtained by applying longitudinal vibrations of frequencies of 500 Hz, 750 Hz, and 950 Hz to the L-shaped metal members, and measuring the shear of the optical film at each frequency. Cut the storage modulus G', the shear loss modulus G" and the shear loss tangent tan δ, and find the arithmetic mean of the shear storage modulus G', the shear loss modulus G" and the shear loss tangent tan δ. Further, the measurement was repeated three times, and the three arithmetic mean values obtained separately were further arithmetically averaged. Further, as the optical film, the optical film before the above durability test was used.

<耐衝擊性試驗> <Impact resistance test>

於厚度0.7mm之鈉玻璃之表面,以鈉玻璃側成為樹脂層側之方式直接放置實施例A16~A24及比較例A3~A6之光學膜,進行如下耐衝擊性試驗A各3次,即,使重量100g、直徑30mm之鐵球自高度30cm之位置落下至光學膜之硬塗層之表面。又,於厚度0.7mm之鈉玻璃上,以鈉玻璃側成為樹脂層側之方式,經由厚度200μm之黏著片材(製品名「高透明性雙面帶8146-2」,3M公司製造)放置實施例A16~A24及比較例A3~A6之光學膜,進行如下耐衝擊性試驗B各3次,即,使重量100g、直徑30mm之鐵球自高度30cm之位置落下至光學膜之硬塗層之表面。再者,於耐衝擊性試驗A、B中,使鐵球落下之位置設為每次進行變更者。繼而,於耐衝擊性試驗A後之光學膜中,藉由目視評價於硬塗層之表面是否產生凹陷,並且評價於鈉玻璃是否產生破裂。又,於耐衝擊性試 驗B後之光學膜中,藉由目視評價於硬塗層之表面是否產生凹陷。評價結果如以下所述。 The optical films of Examples A16 to A24 and Comparative Examples A3 to A6 were placed directly on the surface of the soda glass having a thickness of 0.7 mm so that the soda glass side became the resin layer side, and the following impact resistance test A was performed three times, that is, An iron ball having a weight of 100 g and a diameter of 30 mm was dropped from the position of 30 cm in height to the surface of the hard coat layer of the optical film. In addition, on the soda glass having a thickness of 0.7 mm, the adhesive sheet (product name "highly transparent double-sided tape 8146-2", manufactured by 3M Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 200 μm was placed and placed on the side of the resin layer. The optical films of Examples A16 to A24 and Comparative Examples A3 to A6 were subjected to the following impact resistance test B three times, that is, an iron ball having a weight of 100 g and a diameter of 30 mm was dropped from the height of 30 cm to the hard coat layer of the optical film. surface. In addition, in the impact resistance tests A and B, the position where the iron ball is dropped is set to be changed every time. Then, in the optical film after the impact resistance test A, whether or not a depression was generated on the surface of the hard coat layer was visually evaluated, and whether or not the soda glass was cracked was evaluated. Further, in the optical film after the impact resistance test B, it was visually evaluated whether or not a depression was formed on the surface of the hard coat layer. The evaluation results are as follows.

(硬塗層之表面之凹陷評價) ( evaluation of the depression of the surface of the hard coat)

○:於自正面及傾斜觀察硬塗層之兩種情形時,均未於硬塗層之表面確認到凹陷。 ○: No depression was confirmed on the surface of the hard coat layer in the case where the hard coat layer was observed from the front side and the tilt side.

△:於自正面觀察硬塗層之情形時,於硬塗層之表面未觀察到凹陷,但於傾斜觀察之情形時,於硬塗層之表面確認到凹陷。 △: When the hard coat layer was observed from the front, no depression was observed on the surface of the hard coat layer, but in the case of oblique observation, the depression was confirmed on the surface of the hard coat layer.

×:於自正面及傾斜觀察硬塗層之兩種情形時,均於硬塗層之表面觀察到明顯之凹陷。 ×: When both cases of the hard coat layer were observed from the front side and the tilt side, significant depressions were observed on the surface of the hard coat layer.

(鈉玻璃之破裂評價) (Evaluation of cracking of soda glass)

◎:鈉玻璃未破裂。 ◎: Sodium glass was not broken.

○:於鈉玻璃產生損傷但未破裂。 ○: Damage occurred in the soda glass but was not broken.

△:1~2次於鈉玻璃產生破裂。 △: Cracking occurred in soda glass 1 to 2 times.

×:3次均於鈉玻璃產生破裂。 ×: Three times, cracking occurred in soda glass.

以下,將結果示於表1~3。 Hereinafter, the results are shown in Tables 1 to 3.

以下,對結果進行敘述。於比較例A1、A3~A6之光學膜中,於聚醯亞胺系基材與硬塗層之間未設置鄰接於硬塗層之光學調整層,因此明確地觀察到干涉條紋。又,於比較例A2之光學膜中,由於硬塗層之膜厚較厚,故而抑制干涉條紋之產生,但連續摺疊性較差。又,於比較例A7之光學膜中,於聚醯亞胺系基材與硬塗層之間設置有鄰接於硬塗層之第1光學調整層,但由於第1光學調整層之膜厚較厚,故而連續摺疊性較差。相對於此,於實施例A1~A24之光學膜中,於各種基材與硬塗層之間設置有鄰接於硬塗層之第1光學調整層,因此抑制干涉條紋之產生,且連續摺疊性亦優異。再者,於實施例A1~A24之光學膜中,第1光學調整層之膜厚較比較例A7之光學膜薄,因此較比較例A7之光學膜更抑制干涉條紋。又,由耐熱性試驗後之密接性評價可知,於實施例A1~A11之光學膜中,由於具備第2光學調整層,故而基材與第1光學調整層之密接性較不具備第2光學調整層之實施例A12~A24之光學膜提高。 The results will be described below. In the optical films of Comparative Examples A1 and A3 to A6, since the optical adjustment layer adjacent to the hard coat layer was not provided between the polyimide-based substrate and the hard coat layer, interference fringes were clearly observed. Further, in the optical film of Comparative Example A2, since the film thickness of the hard coat layer was thick, generation of interference fringes was suppressed, but continuous folding property was inferior. Further, in the optical film of Comparative Example A7, the first optical adjustment layer adjacent to the hard coat layer was provided between the polyimide substrate and the hard coat layer, but the film thickness of the first optical adjustment layer was higher. Thick, so continuous folding is poor. On the other hand, in the optical films of Examples A1 to A24, since the first optical adjustment layer adjacent to the hard coat layer is provided between the various base materials and the hard coat layer, generation of interference fringes is suppressed, and continuous folding property is obtained. Also excellent. Further, in the optical films of Examples A1 to A24, since the film thickness of the first optical adjustment layer was thinner than that of the optical film of Comparative Example A7, the interference film was suppressed more than the optical film of Comparative Example A7. Moreover, it was found from the evaluation of the adhesion after the heat resistance test that the optical films of Examples A1 to A11 have the second optical adjustment layer, so that the adhesion between the substrate and the first optical adjustment layer is less than that of the second optical. The optical films of Examples A12 to A24 of the adjustment layer were improved.

又,於實施例A1及A8之光學膜中,將以30mm×100mm之長方形切割而製作之樣品之短邊(30mm)側以樣品之對向之邊部之間隔成為10mm之方式分別固定於平行地配置之固定部,於摺疊光學膜之狀態下,進行於70℃靜置12小時之摺疊靜置試驗。繼而,於摺疊靜置試驗後自單側之邊部卸除固定部,藉此解除摺疊狀態,於室溫下經過30分鐘後,測定光學膜自然地打開之角度即開度角(參照圖3(B)),結果實施例A1之光學膜之開度角為100°以上,大於實施例A8之光學膜之開度角。再者,作為開度角,於以硬塗層成為內側之方式摺疊之情形與以硬塗層成為外側之方式摺疊之兩種情形時進行摺疊靜置試驗,採用角度較小者。 Further, in the optical films of Examples A1 and A8, the short side (30 mm) side of the sample which was cut by a rectangular shape of 30 mm × 100 mm was fixed in parallel so that the interval between the opposite sides of the sample was 10 mm. The fixing portion disposed in the ground was subjected to a folding standing test at 70 ° C for 12 hours in a state where the optical film was folded. Then, after the folding and standing test, the fixing portion was removed from the side portion of the one side, thereby releasing the folded state, and after 30 minutes at room temperature, the angle at which the optical film was naturally opened, that is, the opening angle was measured (refer to FIG. 3). (B)), the optical film of Example A1 had an opening angle of 100 or more, which was larger than the opening angle of the optical film of Example A8. Further, as the opening angle, the folding rest test was performed in the case where the hard coat layer was folded inside and the case where the hard coat layer was folded outward, and the angle was smaller.

進而,於比較例A3之光學膜中,由於樹脂層之膜厚過薄,故而無法吸收衝擊,於耐衝擊性試驗A中於鈉玻璃產生破裂,又,於耐衝擊性試驗B中,因追隨於黏著片材之塑性變形而導致硬塗層之表面之凹陷量較大。於比較 例A4之光學膜中,由於樹脂層之膜厚過厚,故而摺疊性較差。於比較例A5之光學膜中,由於剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"過小,故而無法吸收衝擊,於耐衝擊性試驗A中於鈉玻璃產生少許破裂。於比較例A6之光學膜中,由於剪切儲存模數G'過大並且剪切損耗模數G"過小,故而無法吸收衝擊,於耐衝擊性試驗A中亦有於鈉玻璃產生破裂之情況,又,摺疊性亦較差。相對於此,於實施例A16~A24之光學膜中,由於樹脂層之膜厚、剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"之平衡性良好,故而無法確認到耐衝擊性試驗A、B後之硬塗層之表面之凹陷,又,於鈉玻璃亦未產生破裂。 Further, in the optical film of Comparative Example A3, since the film thickness of the resin layer was too small, the impact could not be absorbed, and the soda glass was broken in the impact resistance test A, and the impact resistance test B was followed. The plastic deformation of the adhesive sheet causes a large amount of depression of the surface of the hard coat layer. In the optical film of Comparative Example A4, since the film thickness of the resin layer was too thick, the folding property was inferior. In the optical film of Comparative Example A5, since the shear storage modulus G' and the shear loss modulus G" were too small, the impact could not be absorbed, and a slight crack occurred in the soda glass in the impact resistance test A. In Comparative Example A6 In the optical film, since the shear storage modulus G' is too large and the shear loss modulus G" is too small, the impact cannot be absorbed, and in the impact resistance test A, the soda glass is broken, and the folding property is also obtained. Also poor. On the other hand, in the optical films of Examples A16 to A24, since the balance between the film thickness of the resin layer, the shear storage modulus G', and the shear loss modulus G" was good, the impact resistance test could not be confirmed. The depression of the surface of the hard coat layer after A and B, and also the cracking of the soda glass.

又,分別使用上述耐久性試驗前後之實施例A1~A24之光學膜,製作與上述相同之大小之樣品,以該樣品之對向之2個邊部之最小間隔成為3mm之方式,與上述同樣地將樣品安裝於耐久試驗機(製品名「DLDMLH-FS」,Yuasa System公司製造),進行1萬次將樣品之正面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以硬塗層成為內側且基材、第3光學調整層或樹脂層成為內側之方式摺疊之試驗),分別根據與上述相同之評價基準對上述耐久性試驗前之連續摺疊性及密接性以及上述耐久性試驗後之連續摺疊性及密接性進行評價,結果於實施例A1~A15之光學膜中,上述耐久性試驗前之連續摺疊性及密接性以及上述耐久性試驗後之連續摺疊性及密接性良好。 Further, using the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 before and after the above-described durability test, samples having the same size as described above were produced, and the minimum interval between the two opposite sides of the sample was 3 mm. The sample was attached to an endurance tester (product name "DLDMLH-FS", manufactured by Yuasa System Co., Ltd.), and 10,000 times of continuous folding test was performed to fold the front side of the sample 180° (the inner side of the hard coat layer and the substrate, The third optical adjustment layer or the resin layer was folded inside (the test was folded), and the continuous folding property and the adhesion before the durability test and the continuous folding property and the adhesion after the durability test were respectively based on the same evaluation criteria as described above. As a result of the evaluation, in the optical films of Examples A1 to A15, the continuous folding property and the adhesion before the durability test and the continuous folding property and the adhesion after the durability test were good.

又,分別使用上述耐久性試驗前後之實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A6之光學膜,製作與上述相同之大小之樣品,以該樣品之對向之2個邊部之最小間隔成為30mm之方式,與上述同樣地將樣品安裝於耐久試驗機(製品名「DLDMLH-FS」,Yuasa System公司製造),進行1萬次將樣品之背面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以硬塗層成為外側且基材、第3光學調整層或樹脂層成為內側之方式摺疊之試驗),分別根據與上述相同之評價基準對上述耐久性試驗前之連續摺疊性及密接性以及上述耐久性試驗後之連續摺疊性及密接性進行 評價,結果獲得與表1相同之結果。 Further, using the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A6 before and after the above-described durability test, samples having the same size as described above were produced, and the minimum interval between the two sides of the sample was 30 mm. In the same manner as described above, the sample was attached to an endurance tester (product name "DLDMLH-FS", manufactured by Yuasa System Co., Ltd.), and a continuous folding test (with a hard coat layer) of folding the back side of the sample by 180° was performed 10,000 times. The test for folding on the outer side and the substrate, the third optical adjustment layer or the resin layer to be inside, and the continuous folding property and the adhesion before the durability test and the durability test according to the same evaluation criteria as above The continuous folding property and the adhesion were evaluated, and as a result, the same results as in Table 1 were obtained.

又,使用實施例A1~A24之光學膜的光學膜硬塗層之馬氏硬度進行測定,結果硬塗層之馬氏硬度為650MPa。馬氏硬度係使用HYSITRON(海思創)公司製造之「TI950 TriboIndenter」,於以下之測定條件下,於硬塗層之剖面中央分別將Berkovich壓頭(三角錐)壓入500nm,保持為固定而進行殘留應力之緩和後,卸載,計測緩和後之最大荷重,使用該最大荷重Pmax(μN)與深度500nm之凹陷面積A(nm2),由Pmax/A算出。馬氏硬度設為測定10個部位而獲得之值之算術平均值。 Further, the Martens hardness of the optical film hard coat layer of the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 was measured, and as a result, the Martens hardness of the hard coat layer was 650 MPa. The Markov hardness was obtained by using the "TI950 TriboIndenter" manufactured by HYSITRON Co., Ltd. under the following measurement conditions, and the Berkovich indenter (triangular cone) was pressed into the center of the cross section of the hard coat layer to be fixed at 500 nm. After the relaxation of the residual stress, the load was unloaded, and the maximum load after the relaxation was measured, and the maximum load P max (μN) and the recessed area A (nm 2 ) at a depth of 500 nm were used to calculate P max /A. The Martens hardness is an arithmetic mean of the values obtained by measuring 10 sites.

(測定條件) (measurement conditions)

‧荷重速度:10nm/秒 ‧Load speed: 10nm/sec

‧保持時間:5秒 ‧ Hold time: 5 seconds

‧荷重卸載速度:10nm/秒 ‧ load unloading speed: 10nm / sec

‧測定溫度:25℃ ‧Measurement temperature: 25 ° C

於實施例A1之聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1光學調整層側之面為相反側之面,塗佈含有含四級銨鹽之抗靜電劑(製品名「1SX-3000」,Taisei Fine Chemical公司製造)100質量份(固體成分100%換算值)、光聚合起始劑(製品名「Irg184」,BASF Japan公司製造)4質量份、溶劑(MIBK)150質量份之抗靜電層用組成物,利用棒式塗佈機塗佈抗靜電用層用組成物,形成塗膜。繼而,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發而形成膜厚100nm之抗靜電層,從而獲得光學膜。再者,該光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為抗靜電層之表面。繼而,於該光學膜之正面及背面貼合保護膜,測定使保護膜自光學膜之正面及背面剝離時之剝離帶電量,結果光學膜之正面及背面之剝離帶電量分別為-10kV~10kV之範圍內。 An antistatic agent containing a quaternary ammonium salt was applied to the surface of the polyimine-based substrate of Example A1 on the side opposite to the surface on the side of the first optical adjustment layer (product name "1SX-3000", Taisei) 100 parts by mass (100% conversion value of solid content), photopolymerization initiator (product name "Irg184", manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.), 4 parts by mass, and solvent (MIBK) 150 parts by mass of antistatic layer. The composition was coated with a composition for an antistatic layer by a bar coater to form a coating film. Then, the formed coating film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form an antistatic layer having a film thickness of 100 nm, thereby obtaining an optical film. Further, the front surface of the optical film is the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface is the surface of the antistatic layer. Then, a protective film was bonded to the front surface and the back surface of the optical film, and the peeling charge amount when the protective film was peeled off from the front surface and the back surface of the optical film was measured. As a result, the peeling charges of the front and back surfaces of the optical film were -10 kV to 10 kV, respectively. Within the scope.

<<實施例B及比較例B>> <<Example B and Comparative Example B>>

<實施例B1> <Example B1>

準備厚度50μm之聚醯亞胺基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為透光性基材,利用棒式塗佈機於作為聚醯亞胺基材之一面之第1面塗佈抗靜電層用組成物1,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,形成作為抗靜電硬塗層之膜厚為20μm之第1抗靜電層。繼而,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面塗佈抗靜電層用組成物2,形成塗膜。對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,而形成膜厚為100nm之第2抗靜電層,形成於聚醯亞胺基材之兩面具有抗靜電層之光學膜。再者,實施例B1之光學膜之正面為第1抗靜電層之表面,背面為第2抗靜電層之表面。又,抗靜電層之膜厚係使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM)拍攝抗靜電層之剖面,於該剖面之影像中分別測定20個部位之抗靜電層之膜厚,採用該20個部位之膜厚之算術平均值。於實施例B2、B3及比較例B1~B3中,亦藉由與實施例B1相同之方法而測定抗靜電層之膜厚。 A polyimide substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 50 μm was prepared as a light-transmitting substrate, and was applied as a first surface of one surface of a polyimide substrate by a bar coater. The composition 1 for an antistatic layer was applied to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan Co., Ltd., light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so as to have an integrated light amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 , and a first antistatic layer having a film thickness of 20 μm as an antistatic hard coat layer was formed. Then, the antistatic layer composition 2 was applied to the second surface of the polyimide substrate having the opposite side to the first surface by a bar coater to form a coating film. The formed coating film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a second antistatic layer having a film thickness of 100 nm, and was formed on both sides of the polyimide substrate. An optical film of an antistatic layer. Further, the front surface of the optical film of Example B1 was the surface of the first antistatic layer, and the back surface was the surface of the second antistatic layer. Further, the film thickness of the antistatic layer was measured by a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the thickness of the antistatic layer was measured in the image of the cross section, and the film of the 20 sites was used. The arithmetic mean of the thickness. In Examples B2 and B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3, the film thickness of the antistatic layer was also measured by the same method as in Example B1.

<實施例B2> <Example B2>

於實施例B2中,將第2抗靜電層之膜厚設為10μm,除此以外,以與實施例B1相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,實施例B2之光學膜之正面為第1抗靜電層之表面,背面為第2抗靜電層之表面。 In the same manner as in Example B1, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the film thickness of the second antistatic layer was 10 μm. Further, the front surface of the optical film of Example B2 was the surface of the first antistatic layer, and the back surface was the surface of the second antistatic layer.

<實施例B3> <Example B3>

準備厚度50μm之聚醯亞胺基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為透光性基材,利用棒式塗佈機於作為聚醯亞胺基材之一面之第1面塗佈硬塗層用組成物2,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使 其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,而形成膜厚為20μm之硬塗層。繼而,利用棒式塗佈機於硬塗層之表面塗佈抗靜電層用組成物2,形成塗膜。對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,而形成膜厚為80nm之第1抗靜電層。其後,於高頻濺鍍裝置中,藉由對電極施加頻率13.56MHz、電力5kW之高頻電力,而使腔室內產生放電,於第1抗靜電層之表面形成膜厚為100nm且折射率為1.46之作為光學調整層之二氧化矽蒸鍍層。其後,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面塗佈抗靜電層用組成物2,形成塗膜。對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,而形成膜厚為80nm之第2抗靜電層,形成於聚醯亞胺基材之兩面側具備抗靜電層之光學膜。再者,實施例B3之光學膜之正面為二氧化矽蒸鍍層之表面,背面為第2抗靜電層之表面。 A polyimide substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 50 μm was prepared as a light-transmitting substrate, and was applied as a first surface of one surface of a polyimide substrate by a bar coater. The composition 2 for the hard coat layer was applied to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan Co., Ltd., light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so as to have an integrated light amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 to form a hard coat layer having a film thickness of 20 μm. Then, the composition 2 for the antistatic layer was applied to the surface of the hard coat layer by a bar coater to form a coating film. The formed coating film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a first antistatic layer having a film thickness of 80 nm. Then, in the high-frequency sputtering apparatus, a high-frequency electric power having a frequency of 13.56 MHz and a power of 5 kW is applied to the electrode to cause discharge in the chamber, and a film thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index are formed on the surface of the first antistatic layer. It is a cerium oxide vapor-deposited layer of 1.46 as an optical adjustment layer. Thereafter, the antistatic layer composition 2 is applied to the second surface of the polyimide substrate having the opposite side to the first surface by a bar coater to form a coating film. The formed coating film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a second antistatic layer having a film thickness of 80 nm, which was formed on both sides of the polyimide substrate. An optical film with an antistatic layer. Further, the front surface of the optical film of Example B3 was the surface of the ruthenium oxide vapor-deposited layer, and the back surface was the surface of the second antistatic layer.

<比較例B1> <Comparative Example B1>

準備厚度50μm之聚醯亞胺基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為透光性基材,利用棒式塗佈機於作為聚醯亞胺基材之一面之第1面塗佈硬塗層用組成物2,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,而形成膜厚為20μm之硬塗層,獲得光學膜。再者,比較例B1之光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺基材之與作為一面之第1面為相反側之面。 A polyimide substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 50 μm was prepared as a light-transmitting substrate, and was applied as a first surface of one surface of a polyimide substrate by a bar coater. The composition 2 for the hard coat layer was applied to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 70 ° C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan Co., Ltd., light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so as to have an integrated light amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 , and a hard coat layer having a film thickness of 20 μm was formed to obtain an optical film. Further, the front surface of the optical film of Comparative Example B1 was the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface was the surface of the polyimide substrate which was opposite to the first surface as one surface.

<比較例B2> <Comparative Example B2>

於比較例B2中,未形成第2抗靜電層,除此以外,以與實施例B1相同之方 式獲得光學膜。再者,比較例B2之光學膜之正面為第1抗靜電層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺基材之與第1面為相反側之面。 An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the second antistatic layer was not formed in Comparative Example B2. Further, the front surface of the optical film of Comparative Example B2 was the surface of the first antistatic layer, and the back surface was the surface of the polyimide substrate opposite to the first surface.

<比較例B3> <Comparative Example B3>

於比較例B3中,未形成第2抗靜電層及二氧化矽蒸鍍層,除此以外,以與實施例B3相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,比較例B3之光學膜之正面為第1抗靜電層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺基材之與第1面為相反側之面。 An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example B3 except that the second antistatic layer and the cerium oxide deposited layer were not formed in Comparative Example B3. Further, the front surface of the optical film of Comparative Example B3 was the surface of the first antistatic layer, and the back surface was the surface of the polyimide substrate opposite to the first surface.

<抗剝離帶電性> <Anti-stripping chargeability>

於實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜之正面及背面貼合保護膜,測定使保護膜自光學膜之正面及背面剝離時之剝離帶電量,評價剝離帶電量之大小。具體而言,於光學膜之正面及背面貼合附黏著層之保護膜(製品名「Sunytect series」,SUN A.KAKEN公司製造),於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自光學膜之正面及背面以剝離速度10mm/秒將保護膜180°剝離,使用靜電電位測定器(製品名「KSD-0103」,春日電機公司製造),自距表面及背面為50mm之距離測定此時之光學膜之正面及背面之電位,測定剝離帶電量。剝離帶電量係於光學膜之兩面分別測定10次,設為測定10次所獲得之剝離帶電量之算術平均值。評價基準如以下所述。 The protective film was bonded to the front surface and the back surface of the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3, and the peeling charge amount when the protective film was peeled off from the front surface and the back surface of the optical film was measured, and the amount of peeling charge amount was evaluated. Specifically, a protective film (product name "Sunytect series", manufactured by SUN A. KAKEN Co., Ltd.) with an adhesive layer attached to the front surface and the back surface of the optical film is applied to the optical film at 23 ° C and a relative humidity of 50%. The protective film was peeled off at a peeling speed of 10 mm/sec at a peeling speed of 10 mm/sec, and was measured at a distance of 50 mm from the surface and the back surface using an electrostatic potential measuring device (product name "KSD-0103", manufactured by Kasuga Electric Co., Ltd.). The potential of the front side and the back side of the optical film was measured, and the amount of peeling charge was measured. The peeling charge amount was measured 10 times on both sides of the optical film, and the arithmetic mean value of the peeling charge amount obtained by measuring 10 times was used. The evaluation criteria are as follows.

○:光學膜之正面及背面之剝離帶電量均為0kV~5kV之範圍內。 ○: The stripping power of the front and back of the optical film was in the range of 0 kV to 5 kV.

×:光學膜之正面及背面之剝離帶電量之任一者超過5kV。 ×: Any of the peeling charges of the front and back surfaces of the optical film exceeded 5 kV.

<表面電阻值> <surface resistance value>

於實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜中,於與實施例A相同之測定條件下,分別測定正面及背面之表面電阻值。 In the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3, the surface resistance values of the front and back surfaces were measured under the same measurement conditions as in Example A.

<連續摺疊性> <Continuous folding property>

將實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜切割為30mm×100mm之長方形而製作樣品,將該樣品以如下方式安裝於耐久試驗機(製品名「DLDMLH- FS」,Yuasa System公司製造),即,將樣品之短邊(30mm)側利用固定部分別固定,且對向之2個邊部之最小間隔成為3mm,進行10萬次將樣品之正面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以第1抗靜電層、光學調整層或硬塗層成為內側且第2抗靜電層或聚醯亞胺基材成為外側之方式摺疊之試驗),研究於彎曲部是否未產生破裂或斷裂。又,將關於實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜與上述同樣地製作之新樣品以與上述相同之方式安裝於上述耐久試驗機,進行10萬次將樣品之背面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以第1抗靜電層、光學調整層或硬塗層成為外側且第2抗靜電層或聚醯亞胺基材成為內側之方式摺疊之試驗),研究於彎曲部是否未產生破裂或斷裂。根據以下之基準對連續摺疊試驗之結果進行評價。 The optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3 were cut into a rectangular shape of 30 mm × 100 mm to prepare a sample, and the sample was attached to an endurance tester (product name "DLDMLH-FS", manufactured by Yuasa System Co., Ltd.) as follows. That is, the short side (30 mm) side of the sample is fixed by the fixing portion, and the minimum interval between the two opposite sides is 3 mm, and 100,000 times of continuous folding test for folding the front side of the sample by 180° is performed ( In the test in which the first antistatic layer, the optical adjustment layer, or the hard coat layer was inside and the second antistatic layer or the polyimide substrate was folded outward, it was examined whether or not the crack was broken or broken. Further, the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3 were attached to the above-mentioned endurance tester in the same manner as described above, and the back side of the sample was folded 180 times. Continuous folding test (test in which the first antistatic layer, the optical adjustment layer or the hard coat layer is formed on the outer side and the second antistatic layer or the polyimide substrate is folded inside), and whether the bent portion is not Produces cracks or breaks. The results of the continuous folding test were evaluated according to the following criteria.

○:於任一連續摺疊試驗中,均未於彎曲部產生破裂或斷裂。 ○: No crack or break occurred in the bent portion in any of the continuous folding tests.

×:於任一連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部產生破裂或斷裂。 ×: In any continuous folding test, cracking or fracture occurred in the bent portion.

<鉛筆硬度> <pencil hardness>

對實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜之正面,基於JIS K5600-5-4:1999進行鉛筆硬度試驗並進行評價。鉛筆硬度試驗係藉由如下方式進行,即,使用2H鉛筆,將以50mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜以於玻璃板上無彎折或褶皺之方式利用Nichiban公司製造之Cellotape(註冊商標)進行固定,於該狀態下,一面對鉛筆施加1kg之荷重一面使鉛筆以速度1mm/秒移動。鉛筆硬度試驗係進行5次,於螢光燈下對鉛筆硬度試驗後之光學膜之正面進行穿透觀察,研究5次中有幾次未於表面視認到損傷。評價基準如以下所述。 The front side of the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3 was subjected to a pencil hardness test based on JIS K5600-5-4:1999 and evaluated. The pencil hardness test was carried out by using an optical film cut out of 50 mm × 100 mm using a 2H pencil to utilize Cellotape (registered trademark) manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd. without bending or wrinkling on the glass plate. Fixing is performed, and in this state, the pencil is moved at a speed of 1 mm/sec while applying a load of 1 kg to the pencil. The pencil hardness test was carried out 5 times, and the front side of the optical film after the pencil hardness test was observed under a fluorescent lamp, and the damage was not observed on the surface several times in 5 times. The evaluation criteria are as follows.

○:於2H鉛筆時,未於表面視認到損傷。 ○: When the pencil was 2H, no damage was observed on the surface.

×:於2H鉛筆時,於表面視認到損傷。 ×: When the pencil was 2H, the damage was visually recognized on the surface.

<飽和帶電壓> <saturation band voltage>

於與實施例A相同之測定條件下,分別測定實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3 之光學膜之正面及背面之飽和帶電壓。 The saturation band voltages of the front and back surfaces of the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3 were measured under the same measurement conditions as in Example A.

<黃色指數(YI)> <Yellow Index (YI)>

於實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜中,於與實施例A相同之條件下測定黃色指數並進行評價。評價基準如以下所述。 In the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3, the yellow index was measured and evaluated under the same conditions as in Example A. The evaluation criteria are as follows.

◎:YI未達1.5。 ◎: YI did not reach 1.5.

○:YI為1.5以上且未達10.0。 ○: YI was 1.5 or more and less than 10.0.

△:YI為10.0以上且15.0以下。 △: YI is 10.0 or more and 15.0 or less.

×:YI超過15.0。 ×: YI exceeds 15.0.

<視感反射率> <Visual reflectance>

於實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜中,測定波長380nm~780nm之光之視感反射率並進行評價。視感反射率係使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造,光源:鎢絲燈及氘燈),自切成5cm×10cm之大小之光學膜之正面側照射波長380nm~780nm之光,由自光學膜反射之波長380nm~780nm之光進行測定。具體而言,自各光學膜之正面側照射入射角度5度之光,接受經各光學膜反射之正反射方向之反射光,測定380nm~780nm之波長範圍之反射率,其後,藉由以人眼所感受到之亮度進行換算之軟體(例如內置於UV-2450之軟體)算出視感反射率。評價基準如以下所述。 In the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3, the visual reflectance of light having a wavelength of 380 nm to 780 nm was measured and evaluated. The specular reflectance is measured by a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, light source: tungsten lamp and xenon lamp), and the front side of the optical film cut into a size of 5 cm × 10 cm is irradiated at a wavelength of 380 nm. The light of ~780 nm is measured by light having a wavelength of 380 nm to 780 nm reflected from the optical film. Specifically, light having an incident angle of 5 degrees is irradiated from the front side of each optical film, and reflected light in a direction of normal reflection reflected by each optical film is received, and a reflectance in a wavelength range of 380 nm to 780 nm is measured, and thereafter, by a person A software that converts the brightness perceived by the eye (for example, a software built into the UV-2450) calculates the visual reflectance. The evaluation criteria are as follows.

◎:視感反射率為3%以下。 ◎: The visual reflectance was 3% or less.

○:視感反射率超過3%且為10%以下。 ○: The visual reflectance is more than 3% and is 10% or less.

△:視感反射率超過10%且為15%以下。 △: The visual reflectance is more than 10% and is 15% or less.

×:視感反射率超過15%。 ×: The visual reflectance exceeds 15%.

以下將結果示於表4。 The results are shown in Table 4 below.

以下,對結果進行敘述。於比較例B1~B3之光學膜中,由於未設置第1抗靜電層及/或第2抗靜電層,故而剝離保護膜時之抗剝離帶電性較差。相對於此,於實施例B1~B3之光學膜中,由於設置有第1抗靜電層及第2抗靜電層,故而剝離保護膜時之抗剝離帶電性優異。 The results will be described below. In the optical films of Comparative Examples B1 to B3, since the first antistatic layer and/or the second antistatic layer were not provided, the peeling electrification property was poor when the protective film was peeled off. On the other hand, in the optical films of the examples B1 to B3, since the first antistatic layer and the second antistatic layer are provided, the peeling electrification property is excellent when the protective film is peeled off.

又,於實施例B1~B3之光學膜中,將切割為30mm×100mm之長方形而製作之樣品之短邊(30mm)側以樣品所對向之邊部之間隔成為3mm之方式分別固定於平行地配置之固定部,於摺疊光學膜之狀態下,進行於70℃靜置240小時之摺疊靜置試驗。繼而,於摺疊靜置試驗後自單側之邊部卸除固定部,藉此解除摺疊狀態,於室溫下經過30分鐘後測定光學膜自然地打開之角度即開度角,結果實施例B2之光學膜之開度角為100°以上,大於實施例B1、B3之光學膜之開度角。再者,作為開度角,於以第1抗靜電層成為內側之方式摺疊之情形與以第1抗靜電層成為外側之方式摺疊之兩種情形時,進行摺疊靜置試驗,採用角度較小者。 Further, in the optical films of Examples B1 to B3, the short side (30 mm) side of the sample which was cut into a rectangular shape of 30 mm × 100 mm was fixed in parallel so that the interval between the opposite sides of the sample was 3 mm. The fixing portion disposed in the ground was subjected to a folding standing test at 240 ° C for 240 hours in a state where the optical film was folded. Then, after the folding and standing test, the fixing portion was removed from the side of the one side, thereby releasing the folded state, and the angle at which the optical film was naturally opened, that is, the opening angle was measured after passing for 30 minutes at room temperature, and as a result, Example B2 was obtained. The optical film has an opening angle of 100 or more, which is larger than the opening angle of the optical films of Examples B1 and B3. In addition, as the opening angle, when the first antistatic layer is folded inside and the first antistatic layer is folded outward, the folding rest test is performed, and the angle is small. By.

又,於與實施例A相同之條件下,測定實施例B1、B2之光學膜之第1抗靜電層及第3光學膜之硬塗層之馬氏硬度,結果第1抗靜電層及硬塗層之馬氏硬度為612MPa。 Further, the Martens hardness of the hard coat layer of the first antistatic layer and the third optical film of the optical films of Examples B1 and B2 was measured under the same conditions as in Example A, and as a result, the first antistatic layer and the hard coat layer were obtained. The layer has a Martens hardness of 612 MPa.

Claims (21)

一種光學膜,其係用於影像顯示裝置且可摺疊者,且具備:樹脂基材,其係由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂及聚酯系樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成;功能層,其設置於上述樹脂基材之第1面側;及第1光學調整層,其設置於上述樹脂基材與上述功能層之間,且鄰接於上述功能層。  An optical film which is used for an image display device and which is foldable, and includes a resin substrate selected from the group consisting of a polyimide resin, a polyamide resin, a polyamide resin, and a resin composed of one or more of a group consisting of a polyester resin; a functional layer provided on a first surface side of the resin substrate; and a first optical adjustment layer provided on the resin substrate and Between the functional layers, and adjacent to the above functional layer.   如請求項1所述之光學膜,其中,上述第1光學調整層之折射率低於上述樹脂基材之折射率,且高於上述功能層之折射率。  The optical film according to claim 1, wherein the first optical adjustment layer has a refractive index lower than a refractive index of the resin substrate and higher than a refractive index of the functional layer.   如請求項1所述之光學膜,其中,上述第1光學調整層之膜厚為30nm以上且200nm以下。  The optical film according to claim 1, wherein the film thickness of the first optical adjustment layer is 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less.   如請求項1所述之光學膜,其進而具備第2光學調整層,該第2光學調整層設置於上述樹脂基材與上述第1光學調整層之間,且鄰接於上述樹脂基材。  The optical film according to claim 1, further comprising a second optical adjustment layer provided between the resin substrate and the first optical adjustment layer and adjacent to the resin substrate.   如請求項1所述之光學膜,其中,上述第2光學調整層之膜厚為30nm以上且200nm以下。  The optical film according to claim 1, wherein the film thickness of the second optical adjustment layer is 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less.   如請求項1所述之光學膜,其進而具備樹脂層,該樹脂層設置於上述樹脂基材之與上述第1面側為相反側之第2面側且膜厚為50μm以上且300μm以下,上述光學膜之在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'超過200MPa且為1200MPa以下,且上述光學膜之在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切損耗模數G"為3MPa以上且150MPa以下。  The optical film according to claim 1, further comprising a resin layer provided on a second surface side of the resin substrate opposite to the first surface side and having a thickness of 50 μm or more and 300 μm or less. The shear storage modulus G' of the optical film at 25 ° C and in the frequency region of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less exceeds 200 MPa and is 1200 MPa or less, and the optical film is at 25 ° C and is in a frequency region of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less. The shear loss modulus G" is 3 MPa or more and 150 MPa or less.   如請求項1所述之光學膜,其進而具備第3光學調整層,該第3光學調整層設置於上述樹脂基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面。  The optical film according to claim 1, further comprising a third optical adjustment layer provided on a second surface of the resin substrate opposite to the first surface.   如請求項6所述之光學膜,其進而具備第3光學調整層,該第3光學調整層設置於上述樹脂基材與上述樹脂層之間,且鄰接於上述樹脂基材。  The optical film according to claim 6, further comprising a third optical adjustment layer provided between the resin substrate and the resin layer and adjacent to the resin substrate.   如請求項1所述之光學膜,其中,上述光學膜之黃色指數為15以下。  The optical film according to claim 1, wherein the optical film has a yellow index of 15 or less.   如請求項1所述之光學膜,其中,於上述光學膜中,於反覆進行1萬次之以上述功能層成為內側且上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為10mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。  The optical film according to claim 1, wherein the optical film is folded 180° in such a manner that the functional layer is inside and the interval between the opposite sides of the optical film is 10 mm. In the case of the test, no cracking or breaking occurs.   如請求項1所述之光學膜,其中,於上述光學膜中,於反覆進行1萬次之以上述功能層成為外側且上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為30mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。  The optical film according to claim 1, wherein the optical film is folded 180° in such a manner that the functional layer is outside and the interval between the opposite sides of the optical film is 30 mm. In the case of the test, no cracking or breaking occurs.   一種光學膜,其係用於影像顯示裝置且可摺疊者,且具備:透光性基材;第1抗靜電層,其設置於上述透光性基材之第1面側;及第2抗靜電層,其設置於上述透光性基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面側。  An optical film which is used for an image display device and which is foldable, and includes: a light-transmitting substrate; a first antistatic layer provided on a first surface side of the light-transmitting substrate; and a second anti-corrosion The electrostatic layer is provided on the second surface side of the light-transmitting substrate opposite to the first surface.   如請求項12所述之光學膜,其中,上述光學膜之黃色指數為15以下。  The optical film according to claim 12, wherein the optical film has a yellow index of 15 or less.   如請求項12所述之光學膜,其中,上述第1抗靜電層為抗靜電性硬塗層。  The optical film according to claim 12, wherein the first antistatic layer is an antistatic hard coat layer.   如請求項12所述之光學膜,其進而具備光學調整層,該光學調整層設置於上述第1抗靜電層之與上述透光性基材側相反之側。  The optical film according to claim 12, further comprising an optical adjustment layer provided on a side opposite to the light-transmitting substrate side of the first antistatic layer.   如請求項12所述之光學膜,其進而具備硬塗層,該硬塗層設置於上述透光性基材與上述第1抗靜電層之間。  The optical film according to claim 12, further comprising a hard coat layer provided between the light-transmitting substrate and the first antistatic layer.   如請求項12所述之光學膜,其中,於23℃、相對濕度50%之環 境下,自距上述光學膜之正面為50mm之距離施加10kV之電壓時之上述光學膜之上述正面之飽和帶電壓之絕對值超過0kV。  The optical film according to claim 12, wherein the saturated band of the front surface of the optical film is applied at a voltage of 10 kV from a front surface of the optical film at a distance of 50% at 23 ° C and a relative humidity of 50%. The absolute value of the voltage exceeds 0kV.   如請求項12所述之光學膜,其中,於上述光學膜中,於反覆進行10萬次之以上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為3mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。  The optical film according to claim 12, wherein, in the case of the above-mentioned optical film, the test of folding 180° in such a manner that the interval between the opposite sides of the optical film is 3 mm is repeated 100,000 times. Produces cracks or breaks.   如請求項12所述之光學膜,其中,上述透光性基材係由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、或該等之混合物所構成之基材。  The optical film according to claim 12, wherein the light-transmitting substrate is a substrate composed of a polyimide-based resin, a polyamide resin, or a mixture thereof.   一種可摺疊之影像顯示裝置,其具備:顯示元件;及如請求項1或12所述之光學膜,其配置於較上述顯示元件更靠觀察者側。  A collapsible image display device comprising: a display element; and the optical film according to claim 1 or 12 disposed on an observer side of the display element.   如請求項20所述之影像顯示裝置,其中,上述顯示元件為有機發光二極體元件。  The image display device of claim 20, wherein the display element is an organic light emitting diode element.  
TW107107707A 2017-03-29 2018-03-07 Optical film and image display device TWI731228B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JPJP2017-064583 2017-03-29
JP2017064583 2017-03-29
JPJP2018-035426 2018-02-28
JP2018035426A JP7119424B2 (en) 2017-03-02 2018-02-28 Optical film and image display device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201841733A true TW201841733A (en) 2018-12-01
TWI731228B TWI731228B (en) 2021-06-21

Family

ID=65431010

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107107707A TWI731228B (en) 2017-03-29 2018-03-07 Optical film and image display device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI731228B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI777742B (en) * 2021-05-18 2022-09-11 友達光電股份有限公司 Fingerprint recognition device

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101193615B1 (en) * 2007-02-21 2012-10-26 오지 세이시 가부시키가이샤 Sheet having uneven pattern formed thereon and method for manufacturing the same
JP5587209B2 (en) * 2008-11-27 2014-09-10 株式会社日本触媒 Optical film and manufacturing method thereof
JP2014040037A (en) * 2012-08-22 2014-03-06 Toray Advanced Film Co Ltd Hard coat film, transparent conductive film, and touch panel
JP6048010B2 (en) * 2012-08-31 2016-12-21 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminated body, polarizing plate, liquid crystal panel, touch panel sensor, touch panel device and image display device
TW201445380A (en) * 2013-05-22 2014-12-01 Pegatron Corp Dual sided touch and displaying device and foldable electronic apparatus therewith
WO2016035636A1 (en) * 2014-09-01 2016-03-10 富士フイルム株式会社 Circularly polarizing film, optical film and image display device
TWI702415B (en) * 2015-07-17 2020-08-21 日商大日本印刷股份有限公司 Laminated body for optical component and image display device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI777742B (en) * 2021-05-18 2022-09-11 友達光電股份有限公司 Fingerprint recognition device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI731228B (en) 2021-06-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110249376B (en) Optical film and image display device
JP7119424B2 (en) Optical film and image display device
JP6773118B2 (en) Optical film and image display device
JP7331829B2 (en) Optical film and image display device
TWI734849B (en) Optical film and image display device
TWI755569B (en) Optical film and image display device
JP7409456B2 (en) Optical films and image display devices
WO2021060560A1 (en) Resin layer, optical film, and image display device
WO2018180304A1 (en) Optical film and image display device
JP7435640B2 (en) Light transparent film with protective film and protective film
JP2024050846A (en) Optical film and image display device
TWI731228B (en) Optical film and image display device